Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

Execution Version 

LEGACY RESERVES LP, 
 LEGACY
RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION 
 and 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
  

 
 8% CONVERTIBLE
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
September 20, 2018 
  
  

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

As Trustee and Conversion Agent 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

					
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section	 
	 310(a)(1)
	  	 	7.10	 
	 (a)(2)
	  	 	7.10	 
	 (a)(3
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (a)(4)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (a)(5)
	  	 	7.10	 
	 (b)
	  	 	7.10	 
	 (c)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 311(a)
	  	 	7.11	 
	 (b)
	  	 	7.11	 
	 (c)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 312(a)
	  	 	2.05	 
	 (b)
	  	 	12.03	 
	 (c)
	  	 	12.03	 
	 313(a)
	  	 	7.06	 
	 (b)(1)
	  	 	7.06	 
	 (b)(2)
	  	 	7.06, 7.07	 
	 (c)
	  	 	7.06, 11.02	 
	 (d)
	  	 	7.06	 
	 314(a)
	  	 	4.03, 4.04, 12.02	 
	 (b)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (c)(1)
	  	 	12.04	 
	 (c)(2)
	  	 	12.04	 
	 (c)(3)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (d)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (e)
	  	 	12.05	 
	 (f)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 315(a)
	  	 	7.01	 
	 (b)
	  	 	7.05, 12.02	 
	 (c)
	  	 	7.01	 
	 (d)
	  	 	7.01	 
	 (e)
	  	 	6.11	 
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	 	2.08	 
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	 	6.05	 
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	 	6.04	 
	 (a)(2)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (b)
	  	 	6.07	 
	 (c)
	  	 	9.04	 
	 317(a)(1)
	  	 	6.08	 
	 (a)(2)
	  	 	6.09	 
	 (b)
	  	 	2.04	 
	 313(a)
	  	 	12.01	 
	 (b)
	  	 	N/A	 
	 (c)
	  	 	12.01	 

  
 N/A means
not applicable. 

	*	 This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  
 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	    	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.01.
	    	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02.
	    	Other Definitions	  	 	25	 
	 Section 1.03.
	    	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	26	 
	 Section 1.04.
	    	Rules of Construction	  	 	26	 
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	27	 
	 Section 2.01.
	    	Form and Dating	  	 	27	 
	 Section 2.02.
	    	Execution and Authentication	  	 	27	 
	 Section 2.03.
	    	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	27	 
	 Section 2.04.
	    	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	28	 
	 Section 2.05.
	    	Noteholder Lists	  	 	28	 
	 Section 2.06.
	    	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	28	 
	 Section 2.07.
	    	Replacement Notes	  	 	28	 
	 Section 2.08.
	    	Outstanding Notes	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.09.
	    	Temporary Notes.	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.10.
	    	Cancellation	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.11.
	    	Defaulted Interest	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.12.
	    	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.13.
	    	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.14.
	    	Issuance of Notes with Legends	  	 	30	 
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	31	 
	 Section 3.01.
	    	Notices to Trustee	  	 	31	 
	 Section 3.02.
	    	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed	  	 	31	 
	 Section 3.03.
	    	Notice of Redemption	  	 	31	 
	 Section 3.04.
	    	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	32	 
	 Section 3.05.
	    	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	32	 
	 Section 3.06.
	    	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	33	 
	 Section 3.07.
	    	Optional Redemption	  	 	33	 
	 Section 3.08.
	    	Reserved	  	 	33	 
	 Section 3.09.
	    	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	33	 
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	35	 
	 Section 4.01.
	    	Payment of Notes	  	 	35	 
	 Section 4.02.
	    	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	35	 
	 Section 4.03.
	    	Reports	  	 	36	 
	 Section 4.04.
	    	Compliance Certificate	  	 	36	 
	 Section 4.05.
	    	Taxes	  	 	37	 
	 Section 4.06.
	    	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	37	 
	 Section 4.07.
	    	Restricted Payments	  	 	37	 
	 Section 4.08.
	    	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	40	 
	 Section 4.09.
	    	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.10.
	    	Asset Sales	  	 	45	 
	 Section 4.11.
	    	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	46	 
	 Section 4.12.
	    	Limitation on Liens	  	 	48	 
	 Section 4.13.
	    	Additional Guarantees	  	 	48	 
	 Section 4.14.
	    	Organizational Existence	  	 	48	 
	 Section 4.15.
	    	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	49	 
	 Section 4.16.
	    	No Inducements	  	 	50	 
	 Section 4.17.
	    	Permitted Business Activities	  	 	50	 
	 Section 4.18.
	    	Covenant Termination	  	 	50	 
	 Section 4.19.
	    	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries    	  	 	51	 

  
 ii 

							
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 5.01.
	    	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	 	51	 
	 Section 5.02.
	    	Successor Substituted	  	 	52	 
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 6.01.
	    	Events of Default	  	 	53	 
	 Section 6.02.
	    	Acceleration	  	 	54	 
	 Section 6.03.
	    	Other Remedies	  	 	55	 
	 Section 6.04.
	    	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	55	 
	 Section 6.05.
	    	Control by Majority	  	 	55	 
	 Section 6.06.
	    	Limitation on Suits	  	 	55	 
	 Section 6.07.
	    	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment and to Convert	  	 	56	 
	 Section 6.08.
	    	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	56	 
	 Section 6.09.
	    	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	56	 
	 Section 6.10.
	    	Priorities	  	 	56	 
	 Section 6.11.
	    	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	57	 
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	57	 
	 Section 7.01.
	    	Duties of Trustee	  	 	57	 
	 Section 7.02.
	    	Rights of Trustee	  	 	58	 
	 Section 7.03.
	    	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	58	 
	 Section 7.04.
	    	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	59	 
	 Section 7.05.
	    	Notice of Defaults	  	 	59	 
	 Section 7.06.
	    	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	59	 
	 Section 7.07.
	    	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	59	 
	 Section 7.08.
	    	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	60	 
	 Section 7.09.
	    	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc	  	 	61	 
	 Section 7.10.
	    	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	61	 
	 Section 7.11.
	    	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers	  	 	61	 
		
	 ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 8.01.
	    	Reserved	  	 	61	 
	 Section 8.02.
	    	Reserved	  	 	61	 
	 Section 8.03.
	    	Reserved	  	 	61	 
	 Section 8.04.
	    	Reserved	  	 	61	 
	 Section 8.05.
	    	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	61	 
	 Section 8.06.
	    	Repayment to Issuers	  	 	62	 
	 Section 8.07.
	    	Reserved	  	 	62	 
	 Section 8.08.
	    	Discharge	  	 	62	 
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 9.01.
	    	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	62	 
	 Section 9.02.
	    	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	63	 
	 Section 9.03.
	    	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	64	 
	 Section 9.04.
	    	Effect of Consents	  	 	64	 
	 Section 9.05.
	    	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	65	 
	 Section 9.06.
	    	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc	  	 	65	 
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 10.01.
	    	Guarantees	  	 	65	 
	 Section 10.02.
	    	[Reserved]	  	 	66	 
	 Section 10.03.
	    	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	66	 
	 Section 10.04.
	    	Releases of Guarantees	  	 	66	 
	 Section 10.05.
	    	[Reserved]	  	 	67	 
	 Section 10.06.
	    	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	67	 

  
 iii 

							
	 ARTICLE 11 CONVERSION
	  	 	67	 
	 Section 11.01.
	    	Conversion	  	 	67	 
	 Section 11.02.
	    	Conversion Procedure and Payment Upon Conversion	  	 	68	 
	 Section 11.03.
	    	Cash in Lieu of Fractional Shares	  	 	71	 
	 Section 11.04.
	    	Taxes on Conversion	  	 	71	 
	 Section 11.05.
	    	Company to Reserve, Provide and List Common Stock	  	 	72	 
	 Section 11.06.
	    	Adjustment of Conversion Rate	  	 	72	 
	 Section 11.07.
	    	No Adjustment	  	 	73	 
	 Section 11.08.
	    	Adjustments for Tax Purposes	  	 	73	 
	 Section 11.09.
	    	Notice of Adjustment	  	 	73	 
	 Section 11.10.
	    	Notice of Certain Transactions	  	 	74	 
	 Section 11.11.
	    	Effect of Reclassifications, Consolidations, Mergers, Binding Share Exchanges or Sales on Conversion Privilege	  	 	74	 
	 Section 11.12.
	    	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	75	 
		
	 ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	76	 
	 Section 12.01.
	    	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	76	 
	 Section 12.02.
	    	Notices	  	 	76	 
	 Section 12.03.
	    	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	77	 
	 Section 12.04.
	    	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	77	 
	 Section 12.05.
	    	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	77	 
	 Section 12.06.
	    	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	77	 
	 Section 12.07.
	    	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.08.
	    	Governing Law	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.09.
	    	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.10.
	    	Successors	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.11.
	    	Severability	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.12.
	    	Table of Contents, Headings, etc	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.13.
	    	Counterparts	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.14.
	    	Acts of Holders	  	 	78	 
	 Section 12.15.
	    	Patriot Act	  	 	79	 
	 Section 12.16.
	    	Set-Off of Withholding Taxes; Tax Treatment	  	 	80	 
	 Section 12.17.
	    	Force Majeure	  	 	80	 

 APPENDIX, SCHEDULE AND ANNEX 
  

			
	 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX
	  	 App. - 1

  

					
	 EXHIBIT 1
	  	Form of Initial Note	  	
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Form of Exchange Note	  	

  

					
	SCHEDULE I	  	Agreements with Affiliates	  	S-1
			
	ANNEX A	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	A-1
	ANNEX B	  	OID Legend	  	B-1

  

  
 iv 

 This Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2018, is among Legacy Reserves LP, a Delaware
limited partnership (the “Company”), Legacy Reserves Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors party hereto (each, a
“Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Issuers’ Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 

BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of
such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is
extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any assets used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business, other than Indebtedness or Capital Stock; 

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person
that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (2) or (3) is
primarily engaged in the Oil and Gas Business. 
 “Additional Interest” means all Additional Interest then owing pursuant
to a Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “interest” in this Indenture or the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest. 

“Additional Notes” means, subject to the Parent’s or the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09, 8%
Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 issued from time to time after the Initial Issuance Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 or 3.06 of this Indenture and other than Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer for other Notes outstanding under this Indenture). 
 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means (without duplication), as of the date of determination, 
 (1) the sum of: 

(a) the discounted future net revenues from proved oil and natural gas reserves of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries
calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal 

 
income taxes, as estimated in a reserve report prepared as of the end of the Parent’s most recently completed fiscal year, as increased by, as of the date of determination, the
estimated discounted future net revenues from: 
 (i) estimated proved oil and natural gas reserves of the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries acquired since the date of such year-end reserve report; and 

(ii) estimated proved oil and natural gas reserves of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to extensions,
discoveries and other additions and upward revisions of estimates of proved oil and natural gas reserves (including previously estimated development costs incurred during the period and the accretion of discount since the prior period end) since the
date of such year-end reserve report due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities that would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions; 

and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenue attributable to: 

(iii) estimated proved oil and natural gas reserves of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such reserve
report produced or disposed of since the date of such year-end reserve report; and 

(iv) reductions in estimated proved oil and natural gas reserves of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in
such reserve report attributable to downward revisions of estimates of proved oil and natural gas reserves since such year-end due to changes in geological conditions or other factors that would, in accordance
with standard industry practice, cause such revisions; 
 in the case of the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in the Parent’s year-end reserve report) and estimated by the Parent’s petroleum
engineers or any independent petroleum engineers engaged by the Parent for that purpose; 
 (b) the capitalized costs that
are attributable to oil and natural gas properties of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which no proved oil and natural gas reserves are attributable, based on the Parent’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the last day
of the Parent’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; 
 (c) the
Consolidated Net Working Capital of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the last day of the Parent’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; and 

(d) the greater of: 

(i) the net book value; and 

(ii) the appraised value, as estimated by independent appraisers, of other tangible assets (including Investments in
unconsolidated Subsidiaries); 
 in each case, of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the last day of the
date of the Parent’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; provided that if no such appraisal has been performed, the Parent shall not be required to obtain such an appraisal and
only clause (d) (i) of this definition shall apply; 
 minus, to the extent not otherwise taken into account in the immediately
preceding clause (1); 

  
 2 

 (2) the sum of: 

(a) minority interests; 

(b) any net natural gas balancing liabilities of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the
Parent’s most recent annual or quarterly period for which internal financial statements are available; 
 (c) to the
extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in the Parent’s year-end reserve report),
attributable to reserves that are required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect
thereto, and 
 (d) the discounted future net revenues, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to
reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments that, based on the estimates of production and price assumptions included in determining the discounted future net revenues specified in clause (1)(a) above, would be necessary to fully
satisfy the payment obligations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be
control by the other Person; and further, that any third Person which also beneficially owns 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a specified Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of either the specified Person or the other Person merely
because of such common ownership in such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Conversion Agent, Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Agent Members” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Applicable Law,” except as the context may otherwise require, means all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court or governmental or congressional agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, licenses and permits of any United States federal, state, municipal, regional, or other governmental
body, instrumentality, agency or authority. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of
beneficial interests in a Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depository that apply to such transfer and exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a Production Payment or a
sale and leaseback transaction); provided, however, that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of
Section 4.15 and/or the provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and 
 (2) the
issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 3 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value
of less than $10.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of properties or assets between or among any of the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, 
 (3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to
another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, products, accounts
receivable or other properties or assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or
Cash Equivalents, Hedging Contracts or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) a disposition
of properties or assets that constitutes (or results in by virtue of the consideration received for such disposition) either a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment; 

(7) a disposition of Hydrocarbons or mineral products inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

(8) the sale or transfer (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) of crude oil and natural gas properties or direct
or indirect interests in real property; provided that at the time of such a sale or transfer such properties do not have associated with them any proved reserves; 

(9) the farm-out, lease or sublease of developed or undeveloped crude oil or natural
gas properties owned or held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent in exchange for crude oil and natural gas properties owned or held by another Person; 

(10) the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited by Section 4.12; 

(11) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

(12) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any
kind; 
 (13) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive
license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property; 
 (14) an Asset Swap; 

(15) any Production Payments and Reserve Sales; provided that any such Production Payments and Reserve Sales, other than
incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, shall have been
created, incurred, issued, assumed or guaranteed in connection with the financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, the property that is subject thereto; and 

(16) the Corporate Reorganization. 

“Asset Swap” means any substantially contemporaneous (and in any event occurring within 180 days of each other) purchase and
sale or exchange of any assets or properties used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash received must be applied in accordance with
Section 4.10 as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Sale. 

  
 4 

 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means,
at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction including any period for which such lease has been
extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. As used in the preceding
sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by
such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the
amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, as may be amended from time to time, or any similar federal or state law
for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right
is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to Finance Corp., the board of directors of Finance Corp.; 

(2) with respect to the Company, the board of directors of the General Partner or any authorized committee thereof; 

(3) with respect to the Parent, the board of directors of the Parent; and 

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person
to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time
any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 

  
 5 

 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s; 

(4) certificates of deposit, demand deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of
not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means
the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent) of the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or removal of the General Partner by the
limited partners of the Company; 
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of
the Voting Stock of the Parent, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like; or 
 (4) the first
day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent are not Continuing Directors. 

  
 6 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, (a) a conversion of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from a limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity
Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests in another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act) who Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Parent immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity or its general partner, as applicable,
or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity or its general partner, as applicable, and, in either
case no “person” Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity or its general partner, as applicable; and (b) the Corporate Reorganization shall not constitute a Change of Control. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute. 

“Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01, of the Parent, subject to Section 11.11. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of
such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary expenses or loss
plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such expenses or losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits (including state franchise taxes accounted for as income taxes in accordance
with GAAP) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(3) Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such Fixed Charge was
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) depreciation, depletion, amortization (including
amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment, non-cash equity based compensation expense and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any
future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, depletion, amortization, impairment and other non-cash charges or expenses that were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(5) if such Person accounts for its oil and gas operations using successful efforts of a similar method of accounting,
consolidated exploration expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 
 (6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business; and minus 

(7) to the extent increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) the amount of deferred revenues
that are amortized during such period and are attributable to reserves that are subject to Volumetric Production Payments and (b) amounts recorded in accordance with GAAP as repayments of principal and interest pursuant to Dollar-Denominated
Production Payments, 

  
 7 

 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income
(loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and without any reduction in respect of dividends or distributions on preferred securities, provided that: 

(1) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or that is accounted for by
the equity method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

(2) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment
of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the
terms of its charter or any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 

(4) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of such Person or its
consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any
Capital Stock of any Person will be excluded; 
 (5) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income,
any non-cash or other charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any
Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be excluded; 
 (6) any “ceiling limitation” on oil and gas
properties or other asset impairment writedowns on oil and gas properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines will be excluded; and 

(7) any unrealized non-cash gains or losses or charges in respect of Hedging Contracts
(including those resulting from the application of FASB ASC Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging). 
 “Consolidated
Net Working Capital” means (a) all current assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries except current assets from Hedging Contracts, less (b) all current liabilities of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except
(i) current liabilities included in Indebtedness, (ii) current liabilities associated with asset retirement obligations relating to oil and gas properties and (iii) any current liabilities from Hedging Contracts, in each case as set
forth in the consolidated financial statements of the Parent prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding any adjustments made pursuant to FASB ASC Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging). 

“continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured
or waived. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the
Parent who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Trigger Date; or 

  
 8 

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with
the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Conversion Agent” refers to a Person engaged to perform the obligations in respect of conversion of the Notes. 

“Conversion Date” means an Early Conversion Date or the Mandatory Conversion Date, as applicable. 

“Conversion Notice” means a “Conversion Notice” in the form attached to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit
A. 
 “Conversion Price” shall, on any date of determination, equal the quotient of $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate
in effect on such date. 
 “Conversion Rate” shall initially be 166.6667 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount
of Notes, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 11 of this Indenture. 
 “Corporate Reorganization” means the
corporate reorganization of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as described in the Merger Agreement and the GP Purchase Agreement, which transactions include, without limitation: (A) the formation by the General Partner of the Parent and the
formation by the Parent of Merger Sub, (B) the GP Purchase on the terms set forth in the GP Purchase Agreement, (C) the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company surviving such merger and the Company’s limited
partner interests being 100% owned by the Parent as a result thereof and (D) the exchange of the Company’s common and preferred Equity Interests for common Equity Interests in the Parent on the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the office of the Trustee in the City of Dallas at which at any time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 15950 North Dallas Parkway, Suite 550, Dallas, Texas 75248, Attention: Legacy Reserves Notes Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers, or the principal corporate trust office in the City of Dallas of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Holders and the Issuers). 
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of April 1, 2014, by and among the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and the other lenders from time to time party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement),
commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or institutional investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such
lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or capital markets financings, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including
refinancing with any capital markets transaction) in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Custodian” means any receiver,
trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Customary Recourse
Exceptions” means, with respect to any Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, exclusions from the exculpation provisions with respect to such
Non-Recourse Debt for the voluntary bankruptcy of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, fraud, misapplication of cash, environmental claims, waste, willful destruction and other circumstances customarily excluded by
lenders from exculpation provisions or included in separate indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings. 

  
 9 

 “Daily Conversion Value” means, for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days
during the Observation Period, one-thirtieth (1/30) of the product of (a) the Conversion Rate on such Trading Day and (b) the VWAP for such Trading Day. 

“Daily Measurement Value” means the Specified Dollar Amount (if any), divided by 30. 

“Daily Settlement Amount,” for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days during the Observation Period, shall consist of
(a) cash in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Daily Measurement Value and (ii) the Daily Conversion Value on such Trading Day; and (b) if the Daily Conversion Value on such Trading Day exceeds the Daily Measurement Value,
a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (ii) the VWAP for such Trading Day. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “De Minimis Guaranteed Amount” means a principal amount of Indebtedness that does not exceed $5.0 million.

 “Depository” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable
at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of
such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 

“Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with
GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and all of whose outstanding Capital Stock is Beneficially Owned by the Parent. 

“Early Conversion Date” means, with respect to a Note being converted by a Holder exercising its right to Early Conversion,
the date on which a Holder satisfies all the requirements for such conversion specified in the first paragraph of Section 11.02(a). 

“Early Conversion Payment” means an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of Notes payable to a Holder exercising its
Early Conversion rights, equal to the amount under the column entitled “Early Conversion Payment” of the table set forth below during the applicable period indicated below: 

 

					
	 Early Conversion Date
	  	Early Conversion Payment	 
	 September 20, 2018 through November 30, 2018
	  	 	$80.00	 
	 December 1, 2018 through May 31, 2019
	  	 	$64.22	 
	 June 1, 2019 through September 19, 2019
	  	 	$24.22	 

  
 10 

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a
primary basis by the Parent after the date of this Indenture, provided that at any time on or after a Change of Control, any sale of Capital Stock to an Affiliate of the Parent shall not be deemed an Equity Offering. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV., or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on
the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Parent or, if applicable, from the seller of the Common Stock on such exchange or market (in
the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is considered incurred under the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and other than intercompany indebtedness) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 

“fair market value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction
not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent in the case of amounts of $20.0 million or more and otherwise by an officer of the Parent. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of
the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems,
defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred securities subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior
to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,
assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred securities, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of such period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of such period to
the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any interest Hedging Contract applicable to such Indebtedness, but if the remaining term of such interest Hedging Contract is less than 12 months, then such
interest Hedging Contract shall only be taken into account for that portion of the period equal to the remaining term thereof). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of such Person, the
interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by such Person. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered
rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such Person may designate. 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers,
consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business), or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including, in
each case, any related financing transactions (including repayment of Indebtedness) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent 

  
 11 

 
to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the
four-quarter reference period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next 12 months, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or
accounting officer of the General Partner (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X
promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto); 
 (2) the
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 
 (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified
Person on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at all times during such four-quarter period; 

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have
been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at any time during such four-quarter period; and 
 (6) interest income
reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation
Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the consolidated interest expense (less interest income) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
whether paid or accrued (excluding (i) any interest attributable to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments, (ii) write-off of deferred financing costs and (iii) accretion of interest charges on
future plugging and abandonment obligations, future retirement benefits and other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, but including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts; plus 

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
plus 
 (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on
any series of preferred securities of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends payable solely in Equity Interests of the payor (other than Disqualified Stock) or to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 12 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that
(a) is not a Domestic Subsidiary and (b) has 50% or more of its consolidated assets located outside the United States or any territory thereof. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect from time to time. 

“General Partner” means Legacy Reserves GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted
assigns under the Partnership Agreement as general partner of the Company or as the business entity with the ultimate authority to manage the business and operations of the Company. 

“Global Notes” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
 “GP Purchase” means
the acquisition of 100% of the limited liability company Equity Interests in the General Partner by the owners of all of the limited liability company interests of the General Partner of the Parent and the admission of the Parent as the sole member
of the General Partner, in each case pursuant to the terms of the GP Purchase Agreement. 
 “GP Purchase Agreement” means
that certain GP Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2018, by and among Parent, the Company, the General Partner, Lion GP Interests, LLC, Moriah Properties Limited, Brothers Production Properties, Ltd., Brothers Production Company, Inc.,
Brothers Operating Company, Inc., J&W McGraw Properties, Ltd., DAB Resources, Ltd. and H2K Holdings, Ltd., by which the Parent will purchase all of the limited liability company interests in the General Partner and become the sole member of the
General Partner (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (without giving effect to any amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications that are materially adverse to the Holders without the
prior written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, it being acknowledged that any increase in any amounts beyond $3,500,000 payable to the owners of all of the limited liability company interests of
the General Partner thereunder shall be deemed to be materially adverse)). 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets, acting as co-obligor or
through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a correlative meaning. 

“Guarantee” means any guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant
to Article 10 hereof. 
 “Guarantors” means each of (a) the Subsidiaries of the Parent, other than the Company
and Finance Corp., executing this Indenture as initial Guarantors, (b) the Parent Guarantors, (c) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that executes a supplement to this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03
hereof and (d) the respective successors and assigns of the Parent Guarantors, or such Restricted Subsidiaries, as required under Article 10 hereof, in each case until such time as the Guarantee of such Person shall be released pursuant to
Sections 8.02, 8.03 or 10.04 hereof. 
 “Hedging Contracts” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or
more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

  
 13 

 (2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered
into with one or more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against
fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations
in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates, 
 and in each case are entered into only in the normal course of business and not for
speculative purposes. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“Hydrocarbons” means crude oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid
hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; 

(3) in respect of all outstanding letters of credit issued for the account of such Person that support obligations that
constitute Indebtedness (provided that the amount of such letters of credit included in Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of the Indebtedness being supported) and, without duplication, the unreimbursed amount of all drafts drawn under letters
of credit issued for the account of such Person; 
 (4) in respect of bankers’ acceptances; 

(5) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions; 

(6) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (7) representing any obligations under Hedging Contracts, 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Hedging Contracts) would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person (including, with respect to any Production Payment, any warranties or
guarantees of production or payment by such Person with respect to such Production Payment, but excluding other contractual obligations of such Person with respect to such Production Payment). 

  
 14 

 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 

(2) in the case of obligations under any Hedging Contracts, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise
to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; and 
 (3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness,
together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Issuance Date” means September 20, 2018. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business
and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of
any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, the Parent will be deemed to have made an Investment on the
date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. The
acquisition by the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Parent or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market
value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 

“Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent in which the Parent or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment. 
 “Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock on any date means
the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite
transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded. If the Common Stock is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the
“Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by
OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock is not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for
the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose. 

“Legal Holiday” means any calendar day other than a Business Day. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 “Lien”
means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law, including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended as a security agreement. 

  
 15 

 “Merger Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of March 23, 2018, by and among the Company, the General Partner, the Parent and Merger Sub, by which the Company will merge with Merger Sub, with the Company surviving as a subsidiary of Parent (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time). 
 “Merger Sub” means Legacy Reserves Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency
business thereof. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 

(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and sales commissions, severance costs and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, 
 (2) taxes paid
or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, 

(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the
subject of such Asset Sale, and 
 (4) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any
amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as
such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement,
as the case may be. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, except for Customary Recourse Exceptions, or (c) is the lender; 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3)
as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the Capital Stock or assets of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except as contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of Permitted
Liens or for Customary Recourse Exceptions. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, in the event that any Non-Recourse Debt of any of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence
of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent. 
 “Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

  
 16 

 “Notes Custodian” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities
or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto. 
 “Observation Period” with
respect to any Note surrendered for conversion means: (i) in the case of a conversion of a Note called for redemption, the 30 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the
32nd Scheduled Trading Day prior to the redemption date; (ii) except as set forth in clause (i), if the relevant Conversion Date occurs prior to June 15, 2023, the 30 consecutive Trading
Day period beginning on, and including, the second Trading Day immediately succeeding such Conversion Date; and (iii) except as set forth in clause (i), if the relevant Conversion Date occurs on or after June 15, 2023, the 30 consecutive
Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 32nd Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the maturity date. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of each of the Company and Finance Corp. by two of its
Officers, one of whom, in the case of any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.04, must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, or the principal accounting officer of the Company or Finance
Corp., as the case may be, that, in each case, meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 
 “OID Legend” means
the legend set forth in Annex B hereto. 
 “Oil and Gas Business” means: 

(1) the acquisition, exploration, development, production, operation and disposition of interests in oil, gas and other
Hydrocarbon properties; 
 (2) the gathering, marketing, treating, processing (but not refining), storing, distributing,
selling and transporting of any production from such interests or properties; 
 (3) any business relating to exploration for
or development, production, treatment, processing (but not refining), storage, transportation or marketing of, oil, gas and other minerals and products produced in association therewith; 

(4) any other business that generates gross income that constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of
the Code; and 
 (5) any activity that is ancillary, complementary or incidental to or necessary or appropriate for the
activities described in clauses (1) through (4) of this definition. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion
from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or the Trustee. 

“Parent” means, initially, Legacy Reserves Inc., a Delaware corporation, and thereafter, any person who is or becomes the
Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company. 
 “Parent Guarantors”
means, initially, the Parent and the General Partner, and their respective successors. 

  
 17 

 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Excess Proceeds from
Asset Sales, Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, and the terms of which require the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to apply such Excess
Proceeds to offer to repurchase such Indebtedness. 
 “Partnership Agreement” means the Fifth Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company, as amended and in effect on the date of this Indenture and as such may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

“Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock was Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of any other Person existing at the time (a) such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or (b) such Person was merged
or consolidated with or into the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that on the date such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or the date such Person was merged or consolidated with or into the Parent or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, either 
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
forma basis as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09, or 
 (2) immediately after giving effect
to such transaction on a pro forma basis as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the
Parent immediately prior to such transaction. 
 “Permitted Business Investments” means Investments made in the ordinary
course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business, including investments or expenditures for actively exploring for, acquiring, developing, producing, processing, gathering, marketing or transporting
Hydrocarbons through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements that permit one to share risk or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of
the Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including without limitation: 
 (1) direct or indirect ownership of
crude oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbon properties or any interest therein, gathering, transportation, processing, storage or related systems, or ancillary real property interests and interests therein; and 

(2) the entry into operating agreements, joint ventures, processing agreements, working interests, royalty interests, mineral
leases, farm-in agreements, farm-out agreements, development agreements, production sharing agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, contracts for the sale,
transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas and related Hydrocarbons and minerals, unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), or other
similar or customary agreements, transactions, properties, interests or arrangements, and Investments and expenditures in connection therewith or pursuant thereto, in each case made or entered into in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business,
excluding, however, Investments in corporations and publicly traded limited partnerships. 
 “Permitted Investments” means:

 (1) any Investment in the Parent (including, without limitation, through purchases of Notes) or in a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Parent; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

  
 18 

 (3) any Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent
in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; 
 (4) any Investment
made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10, including pursuant to clause (9) or (14) of the items
deemed not to be Asset Sales under the definition of “Asset Sale;” 
 (5) any Investment in any Person solely in
exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent; 
 (6) any Investments received
in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or
customer, or as a result of a foreclosure by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

(7) Hedging Contracts; 

(8) Permitted Business Investments; and 

(9) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million or 5.0% of the
Parent’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent at the date of the making of
such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause
(9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facilities; 

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds
thereof) other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; 

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; 
 (5) any interest
or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Capital Lease Obligation; 

  
 19 

 (6) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the
purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the
ordinary course of business; provided that: 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such
Liens is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 

(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of the later of the acquisition, lease, completion of improvements, construction,
repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent other than such assets or property and
assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 
 (7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; 

(8) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, trade contracts,
government contracts, operating leases, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(9) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 

(10) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales, which Liens shall be limited to the property that is the
subject of such Production Payments and Reserve Sales; 
 (11) Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by
operation of law; 
 (12) Liens arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, oil and
gas leases, farm-out agreements, farm-in agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas and related
Hydrocarbons and minerals, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and other agreements arising in the ordinary course of business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are customary in
the Oil and Gas Business; 
 (13) Liens reserved in oil and gas mineral leases for bonus or rental payments and for
compliance with the terms of such leases; 
 (14) Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or
proceeds of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase,
shipment or storage of such inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by Section 4.09; 
 (15)
Liens securing Obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be; 
 (16)
Liens securing any Indebtedness equally and ratably with all Obligations due under the Notes or any Guarantee pursuant to a contractual covenant that limits Liens in a manner substantially similar to Section 4.12; 

(17) Liens to secure performance of Hedging Contracts of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 20 

 (18) Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms
and conditions, provided that no such Lien may extend to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto; 

(19) Liens arising from royalties, overriding royalties, revenue interests, net revenue interests, net profit interests,
reversionary interests, production payments, preferential rights of purchase, working interests and other similar interests, all as ordinarily exist with respect to properties and assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise as
are customary in the Oil and Gas Business; 
 (20) other Liens incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and secured by any Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (20) does not exceed the greater of
$25.0 million or 2.5% of the Parent’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and 
 (21) any Lien renewing,
extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (1) through (19) above, provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable
premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the
assets permitted to be encumbered immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof). 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or the Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Noteholders as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is not
incurred (other than by way of a guarantee) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Issuers) if the Company or Finance Corp. is the issuer or other primary obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities pursuant to Section 4.09
shall be subject only to the refinancing provision in the definition of Credit Facilities and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

  
 21 

 “Prior Issue Date” means December 4, 2012, the date of the initial
issuance of the Issuers’ 8% Senior Notes due 2020. 
 “Production Payments” means, collectively, Dollar-Denominated
Production Payments and Volumetric Production Payments. 
 “Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or
transfer by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, production payment (whether volumetric or dollar denominated), partnership or other interest in oil and gas
properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties, including any such grants or transfers pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms
that are reasonably customary in the oil and gas business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent. 

“Purchase Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Qualifying Owners” means, collectively, the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Record Date” means, for purposes of Section 11.06, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or
event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash,
securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of Common Stock (or other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract
or otherwise). 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Regulation S” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Reporting Default” means a Default described in Section 6.01(d). 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the
Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Global Note” has the meaning
provided in the Appendix. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the Company and Finance Corp. shall each be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent. 

“Rule 144A” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Scheduled Trading Day” means any day that is scheduled to be a trading
day on the primary U.S. exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day. 

  
 22 

 “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Debt” means 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under Credit Facilities and all
obligations under Hedging Contracts with respect thereto; 
 (2) any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee; and

 (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

(a) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Parent or any of its Affiliates; or 

(b) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “Settlement Method” means, with respect to any conversion of Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement
or Combination Settlement, as elected (or deemed to have been elected) by the Issuers. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement”
has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect
on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Specified Dollar Amount” means the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of
Notes to be received upon conversion as specified (or deemed specified pursuant to this Indenture) in the Settlement Notice related to any converted Notes. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on
which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the
date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company) of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner or member of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or limited liability
company, respectively. 

  
 23 

 “Threshold Price” means, on any Trading Day, a price equal to (i) the
Conversion Price in effect on such Trading Day multiplied by (ii) 100%, rounded to the nearest whole cent. 
 “TIA” means
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect on the date hereof. 

“Trading Day” means a day on which: 

(i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a VWAP must be determined) generally occurs on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or,
if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or other such security) is then listed or, if the
Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then traded; and 

(ii) a VWAP for the Common Stock (or other security for which a VWAP must be determined) is available on such securities exchange or market;

 provided that if the Common Stock (or other security for which a VWAP must be determined) is not so listed or traded,
“Trading Day” means a Business Day. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” has the meaning provided in the Appendix.

 “Trigger Date” means the effective date of the Corporate Reorganization. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent
(other than the Issuers) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt owing to any Person other than the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time
from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 24 

 All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would
fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Parent will be in default of such covenant. 

“Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP,
together with all related undertakings and obligations. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital
Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“VWAP” per share of Common Stock on any Trading Day means the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the
heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “LGCY <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of
the primary trading session on such Trading Day, up to and including the final closing print (which is indicated by Condition Code “6” in Bloomberg) or if such volume-weighted average price is not available, the closing sale price of the
Common Stock (or other security for which a price is determined) on such date on the principal national or regional securities exchange or quotation market on which the Common Stock or such other security is traded or quoted, or if such closing sale
price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock or such other security on such Trading Day determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company. The
“VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by
dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment,
sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Act”
	  	 	12.14	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	 
	 “Appendix”
	  	 	2.01	 
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Cash Settlement”
	  	 	11.02	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Combination Settlement”
	  	 	11.02	 
	 “Discharge”
	  	 	8.08	 
	 “Eligible Market”
	  	 	11.01	 

  
 25 

					
	 “Equity Conditions”
	  	 	11.01	 
	 “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”
	  	 	11.01	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Mandatory Conversion”
	  	 	11.01	 
	 “Mandatory Conversion Date”
	  	 	11.01	 
	 “Mandatory Conversion Notice”
	  	 	11.01	 
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Physical Settlement”
	  	 	11.02	 
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Settlement Amount”
	  	 	11.02	 
	 “Settlement Notice”
	  	 	11.02	 
	 “VWAP Condition”
	  	 	11.01	 

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any
terms incorporated in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.. 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) the meanings of the words “will” and “shall” are the same when used to express an obligation; 

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (7) “herein,”
“hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 

  
 26 

 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 

Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the
“Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. Any Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Appendix, which is hereby
incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which an Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation,
legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

To the extent applicable in the Issuers’ determination, the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes will bear the OID Legend. 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

An Officer shall sign the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the Initial Issuance
Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $130.004 million of 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate
principal amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the
Notes shall be registered and delivered and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 after the Initial Issuance Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of
such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as
any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(the “Registrar”) and an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) or conversion (the “Conversion Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Conversion Agent” includes any additional conversion agent. 

  
 27 

 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying
Agent or Conversion Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and
address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any
Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or Registrar. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent
and Conversion Agent in connection with the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. If the Trustee is no longer the Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with access to inspect the Note
register at all times and with copies of the Note register. 
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, an Issuer shall deposit with the Paying
Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the
Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall
segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 Section 2.05.
Noteholder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it
of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in
writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of Notes. 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a
Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar
shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this
Section (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 or 9.05). 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other
reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the
Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such Note shall have matured, instead of issuing a new Note, the
Issuers may direct the Trustee to pay the same without surrender thereof upon the Holder furnishing the Issuers and the Trustee with indemnity satisfactory to them and complying with such other reasonable regulations as the Issuers may prescribe and
paying such reasonable expenses as the Issuer and the Trustee may incur in connection therewith. 

  
 28 

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers. 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those that have been converted, those canceled by it, those
delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as otherwise provided in TIA §316(a), a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the
Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee, any provider of an indemnity
bond and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent
segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, by 11:00 a.m. New York time, on a redemption date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, payable on
that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on them
cease to accrue. 
 Section 2.09. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and
deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Section 2.10. Cancellation. 

An Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment or cancellation. Upon written request, the Trustee will deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted
interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and
payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly send to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” (if then generally in use) and, if so,
the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of such numbers. 

  
 29 

 Section 2.13. Issuance of Additional Notes. 

The Issuers shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Section 4.09, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall
have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, the date from which interest begins to accrue, the first interest payment date, and, if applicable, the
existence of resale restrictions pursuant to the Securities Act, provided that no Additional Notes may be issued with the same “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” number as the Initial Notes unless it is so
permitted in accordance with applicable law and such Additional Notes are fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal tax purposes. The Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in
exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, consents, directions, declarations, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, which shall be delivered to the Trustee,
the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered
pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (2) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number and any corresponding ISIN of such
Additional Notes; and 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Securities and issued in the form of
Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit 1 to the Appendix to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to the Appendix. 

Section 2.14. Issuance of Notes with Legends. 

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Appendix, the Issuers shall be entitled to issue Initial Notes
owned by any person that has not made the representation set forth in Section 2.14(2) in the form of definitive Notes (which may be certificated) that include a legend substantially to the effect set forth on Annex C. 

(2) As promptly as practicable after the date that any holder of a definitive Note issued pursuant to Section 2.14(1) has
presented the Note and delivered to the Issuers a written representation in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that (a) such person has been a holder of the Note for not less than one year (giving effect to
Rule 144(d) of the Securities Act), (b) such person is not, and has not for at least the 90 days preceding such date been, an affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or the Parent Guarantor,
(c) such Note has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement or (d) such Note has been transferred in compliance with all applicable provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act to a
non-affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act) subject to compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depository and delivery to the Trustee of an authentication and
cancellation order and the documents required by Section 20.14, the Issuers will exchange such definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note issued in accordance with the first sentence of Section 2.1(a) of the Appendix with
the same CUSIP as the Global Note(s) issued as of the same original issuance date as such definitive Note. 

  
 30 

 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of
Section 3.07 pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, and (v) whether it requests the Trustee to give notice of
such redemption. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to the giving of notice of such redemption to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes
as follows: (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (2) if the Notes are not listed on any
national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Global Notes, by lot or based on such method as the Depository may require), subject to adjustment so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after
redemption. In the event of partial redemption other than on a pro rata basis, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, not less than three (3) Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) prior to the
giving of notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for
partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed,
the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a
Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination. 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

At least 45 days but not more than 60 days before an optional redemption date, the Issuers shall send, or cause to be sent, in the manner
provided in Section 12.02, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes
to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price or, if the redemption price is not then determinable, the manner in which it is to be determined; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date
upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

  
 31 

 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for
redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed; 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 

(h) the Conversion Rate and Conversion Price in effect on the date of such notice, and that a Holder who elects to convert all or a portion of
its Notes in lieu of a redemption must submit a Conversion Notice with respect to such Notes being converted on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date; and 

(i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on
the Notes. 
 If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuers shall modify such notice to the extent
necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to redemption. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give
the notice of optional redemption in the Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, as provided in Section 3.01, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that
the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become, except as provided in the
next succeeding sentence, irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date, at the redemption price. If given in the manner provided for in Section 3.03, the notice of redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or
not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient in same day funds to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all
Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by an Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed. 
 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such
Notes shall be to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of an Issuer to comply
with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest and Additional Interest, if any, not paid on such unpaid principal, in
each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

  
 32 

 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue in the name of the Holder and the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) The Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment
date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

			
	 Year
	  	Percentage
	 2017
	  	102.000%
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	100.000%

 (b) [Reserved] 

(c) [Reserved] 
 (d) The Notes may
also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(f). 

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06
hereof. 
 Section 3.08. Reserved. 

Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an
“Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders
and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer
will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”). No later than
five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness (on
a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) (subject to adjustment so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after repurchase) or, if less than
the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no Additional Interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. 

  
 33 

 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, in the manner provided
in Section 12.02, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms
of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10
hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to
accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may
elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 
 (f) that Holders
electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to
the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, electronic image scan, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount allocated to the purchase of Notes in the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (except that any Notes represented by a Global Note shall be selected by such
method as the Depository may require) based on the principal amount of Notes surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof, will be purchased); 
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount
to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and 
 (j) the Conversion Rate and Conversion
Price then in effect and that a Holder that has tendered its Notes for repurchase who wishes to withdraw such Notes and convert them must submit a valid notice of withdrawal and Conversion Notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day
immediately preceding the Purchase Date. 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a
pro rata basis to the extent necessary (and, in accordance with Applicable Procedures when Notes are represented by Global Notes), the Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer and required to be purchased pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof, or if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than the Offer Amount allocated to the purchase of Notes in the Asset Sale Offer have been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to
be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The
Company, the depositary for the Asset Sale Offer or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or otherwise deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the
purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Issuers will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or otherwise deliver (or
cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or otherwise delivered by the Company to the
Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 

  
 34 

 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 

The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and shall
deliver any cash or shares due in connection with an Early Conversion or a Mandatory Conversion (including any Early Conversion Payment, if applicable), each on the dates and in the manner provided in this Indenture and in the Notes. Principal,
premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, the Early Conversion Payment, if applicable, and cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any conversion shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other
than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money deposited by or on behalf of an Issuer or a Guarantor in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal,
premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due, the Early Conversion Payment, if applicable, and cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any Early Conversion or Mandatory Conversion. 

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and any
overdue Early Conversion Payment at the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 The Issuers shall
notify the Trustee of the amounts and payment dates of any Additional Interest that may become payable under any Registration Rights Agreement in respect of any Additional Notes, as applicable. 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) in the United States
where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion and they shall maintain an office or agency in the United States (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in
the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be
made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency in the United States where the Notes may be
presented or surrendered for payment, the Issuers shall forthwith designate and maintain such an office or agency in the United States, in order that the Notes shall at all times be payable in the United States. The Issuers shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The
Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 

  
 35 

 Section 4.03. Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent or the Company
will file with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing), and the Parent and/or the Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon its
prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial Owners of Notes, within five Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the SEC: 

(i) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Parent or the Company were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations” and, with respect to the annual report only, a report on the Parent or the Company’s, as applicable, annual financial statements by the Parent or the Company’s, as applicable, certified independent accountants; and 

(ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on
Form 8-K if the Parent or the Company were required to file such reports. 
 The availability of the foregoing
reports on the SEC’s EDGAR filing system will be deemed to satisfy the foregoing delivery requirements. All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports.
The Parent and Company will at all times comply with TIA §314(a). 
 (b) If the Parent has designated any of its Subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent material, the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the
footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial
condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (c) Any and all Defaults or Events of Default arising from a failure
to furnish or file in a timely manner a report or other information required by this Section 4.03 shall be deemed cured (and the Parent and Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.03) upon furnishing or filing such
report or other information as contemplated by this Section 4.03 (but without regard to the date on which such report or other information is so furnished or filed); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the
Holders or the Trustee under Article 6 hereof if the principal, premium, if any, and interest have been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

 (d) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Parent, Issuers and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and Beneficial Owners
of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(e) Delivery of the foregoing information, reports or certificates or any annual reports, information, documents and other reports to the
Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90
days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been
made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with
respect thereto). 

  
 36 

 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer of the Parent, the Company, the General Partner or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a written statement specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or
propose to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Parent will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of
the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of
any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Parent’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or payable to the Parent, an Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent) any Equity Interests of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees (excluding (a) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the purchase or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund or other payment obligation due within one year of the date of such purchase or other acquisition or retirement for value), except a payment of interest or principal at the
Stated Maturity thereof; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these
clauses 4.07(a)(1) through (4) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment: 

  
 37 

 (i) no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (ii) if the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment is not less than 2.25 to 1.0; and 

(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent (which
for purposes of this covenant shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include its predecessor for accounting purposes) and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2) through (10) of the next succeeding
paragraph) since the date of the Indenture is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (i) 50% of Consolidated Net
Income of the Parent for the period (treated as one accounting period and including the Company) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Trigger Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of
such Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 

(ii) the sum of (1) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Parent (including the fair market value of any
Capital Stock of Persons engaged primarily in the Oil and Gas Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business, in each case, to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than
Disqualified Stock)) after the Trigger Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable
Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent) plus
(2) the lesser of (I) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Parent or the Company (including the fair market value of any Capital Stock of Persons engaged primarily in the Oil and Gas Business or long-term assets that are used
or useful in the Oil and Gas Business, in each case, to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Parent or the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) after the date of this Indenture but prior to the Trigger Date as a
contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent or the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or
exchangeable debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent) and (II) $150,000,000; plus 

(iii) if any Restricted Investment that was made by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Trigger Date is
sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (other than to the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent) or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, the return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost
of disposition, if any); plus 
 (iv) the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends, repayments of
loans or advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as
Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Consolidated Net Income for any period commencing on or after the Trigger Date. 

  
 38 

 (c) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the
date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent, the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Parent in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than from the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor) to the equity capital of the Parent or (b) sale (other than to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor) of, Equity Interests of the Parent (other
than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided, however, that the amount of any
such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement will be excluded (or deducted, if included) from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income; 

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent, the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(4) the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor
to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (5) so long as no Default (other than a Reporting
Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent that is a Guarantor pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement, equity option agreement, stockholders’ agreement, other employee benefit plan or to satisfy obligations under any Equity Interests appreciation
rights or option plan or similar arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (with any portion of such
$5.0 million amount that is unused in any calendar year to be carried forward to successive calendar years and added to such amount) plus, to the extent not previously applied or included, (a) the cash proceeds received by the Parent or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from sales of Equity Interests of the Parent to employees or directors of the Parent or its Affiliates that occur after the date of the indenture (to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity
Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (A)(ii) or (B)(ii) of Section 4.07(a)) and (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the indenture; 
 (6) the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition
or retirement for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, incentives, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or
exchange price thereof, and any purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants, incentives or
rights to acquire Equity Interests; 
 (7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor representing fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a merger or consolidation involving the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary or any other transaction permitted by this Indenture; 

  
 39 

 (8) any payments in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of
assets in connection with a transaction that is not prohibited by this Indenture not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate after the date of this Indenture; 

(9) so long as no Default (other than a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
caused thereby, the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any preferred securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that
is a Guarantor issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.09; and 
 (10) so long as no
Default (other than a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million since the Prior Issue Date. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value, on the date of the Restricted Payment, of the
Restricted Investment proposed to be made or the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment, except that the fair market
value of any non-cash dividend or distribution paid within 60 days after the date of its declaration shall be determined as of such date. The fair market value of any Restricted Investment, assets or
securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined in accordance with the definition of that term. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets
the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (1) through (10) of Section 4.07(b), or is permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Parent will be permitted to classify
(or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date made or later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this
Section 4.07. 
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that the subordination of
loans or advances made to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to other Indebtedness incurred by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or 

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) agreements as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 

  
 40 

 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees; 

(3) Applicable Law, rule, regulation, order, approval, license, permit or similar restriction; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the terms of this
Indenture to be incurred; 
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in Hydrocarbon
purchase and sale or exchange agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses, easements or leases, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a); 

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that restricts distributions by
that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided
that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other agreements described in the definition of “Permitted Business Investments,” entered into in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the
date of this Indenture, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions; 

(12) encumbrances or restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors
under contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) the issuance of preferred securities by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that issuance of such preferred securities is permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 and the terms of such preferred
securities do not expressly restrict the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such preferred securities
prior to paying any dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock); 

  
 41 

 (14) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction
contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was incurred if either (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial
covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (b) the Parent determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Parent’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent, whose determination shall be conclusive; 
 (15) agreements governing other
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not
materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or the Credit Agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture; and 

(16) the Corporate Reorganization. 

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt); the Parent will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue any Disqualified Stock; and the Parent will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any other preferred securities; provided, however, that the Parent and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries may issue other preferred securities, if, for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or other preferred securities are issued, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
would have been at least 2.25 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or other preferred securities had been
issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any
of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance of any Disqualified Stock described in clause (15) below (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any preferred securities described in clause (11) below:

 (1) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness under one or more Credit
Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum
potential liability of the Parent and its Subsidiaries thereunder) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $1,000.0 million or (b) $475.0 million plus 35.0% of the Parent’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

 (2) the incurrence by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 

(3) the incurrence by the Issuers and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by (a) the Initial Notes issued on the
date of this Indenture and the related Guarantees and (b) any Exchange Notes in respect of Additional Notes and the related Guarantees issued pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement; 

(4) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of 

  
 42 

 
design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, refund or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the principal amount of all Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million or (b) 2.5% of the Parent’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at such time; 

(5) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, refund or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) or clause
(2), (3), (4), (5), (15) or (16) of this Section 4.09(b); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(i) if the Parent is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor or Issuer is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be
expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the notes, or if a Guarantor or Issuer is the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Parent nor another Guarantor or Issuer is the obligee, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Guarantee of such Guarantor or Issuer; and 

(ii) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Parent nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under Hedging Contracts; 

(8) the guarantee by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 
 (9) the incurrence by the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net Hydrocarbon balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(10) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of self-insurance
obligations or bid, plugging and abandonment, appeal, reimbursement, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees issued or provided for the account of the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business, including guarantees and obligations of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed); 

  
 43 

 (11) the issuance by any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Parent or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any preferred securities; provided, however, that: 
 (a)
any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred securities being held by a Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; and 

(b) 
 any sale
or other transfer of any such preferred securities to a Person that is neither the Parent nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred securities by such Restricted Subsidiary
that was not permitted by this clause (11); 
 (12) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(13) any obligation arising from agreements of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn outs, or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent
in a transaction permitted by this Indenture, provided such obligation is not reflected on the face of the balance sheet of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; 

(14) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of liability in respect of the Indebtedness of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture but only to the extent that such liability is the result of the Parent’s or any such Restricted Subsidiary’s being a general partner or member of, or owner of an Equity Interest in, such
Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture and not as guarantor of such Indebtedness and provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (14) and then
outstanding does not exceed $25.0 million; 
 (15) Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; and 

(16) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness or the issuance by the
Parent of any Disqualified Stock in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock issued pursuant
to this clause (16), not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the Parent’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

The Parent will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor or Issuer to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent or such Guarantor or Issuer unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee on
substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any Guarantor or Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured
or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the
event that an item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a),
the Parent will be permitted to divide, classify, redivide and reclassify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later divide, classify, redivide or reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that
complies with this Section 4.09. Any Indebtedness outstanding under Credit Facilities on the date of this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date under Section 4.09(a). 

  
 44 

 The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional securities of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Parent as accrued. Further, the accounting
reclassification of any obligation of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness will not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(a) the Parent (or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least
equal to the fair market value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(b) at least 75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale and all other Asset
Sales since the date of this Indenture is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(1) any liabilities, as shown on the Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recent balance sheet, of
the Parent or such Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a novation or indemnity agreement
that releases the Parent or such Subsidiary from, or indemnifies it against, further liability; 
 (2) with respect to any
Asset Sale of oil and gas properties by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any agreement by the transferee (or an Affiliate thereof) to pay all or a portion of the costs and expenses related to the exploration, development, completion
or production of such properties and activities related thereto; and 
 (3) any securities, notes or other obligations
received by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such transferee that are, within 120 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Parent or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 

(c) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent may apply
such Net Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following: 
 (1) to repay, redeem or repurchase any Senior Debt;

 (2) to invest in or acquire Additional Assets; or 

(3) to make capital expenditures in respect of the Parent’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Oil and Gas Business.

 (d) The requirement of clause (2) or (3) of the preceding paragraph (c) shall be deemed to be satisfied if a bona fide binding
contract committing to make the investment, acquisition or expenditure referred to therein is entered into by the Parent (or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent) with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Parent within the time period
specified in the preceding paragraph and such Net Proceeds are subsequently applied in accordance with such contract within the later of six months following the date such contract is entered into and 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds
from such Asset Sale. 

  
 45 

 (e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (f) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales
that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(c) or (d) will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within ten Business Days thereof, the
Parent will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with
the proceeds of sales of assets, offering to purchase or redeem, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price
in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment in such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds
allocated to the purchase of Notes, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (except that any Notes represented by a Note in global form will be selected by such method as the Depository may require) (subject to
adjustment so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after repurchase). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

(g) The Parent will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10, the Parent will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10 by virtue
of such compliance. 
 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the
Parent (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if in the good faith
judgment of the Parent’s Board of Directors, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent
from a financial point of view; and 
 (2) the Parent delivers to the Trustee: 

(i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $50.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11; or 

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $50.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions has been approved by either the Conflicts Committee of the Board of Directors of the Parent (so long as the members of the Conflicts Committee approving the Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions are
disinterested) or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent pursuant to a resolution accompanied by such Officers’ Certificates. 

  
 46 

 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will
not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) any employment, employee benefit plan, equity award,
equity options, equity appreciation, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar plan or arrangement entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

 (2) transactions between or among any of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Parent solely because the
Parent owns an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (4) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of
agreements that are identified in Schedule I to this Indenture, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the date of this Indenture, and any amendment or replacement of any of such agreements so long as such amendment or replacement
agreement is no less advantageous to the Parent in any material respect than the agreement so amended or replaced; 
 (5)
customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Parent, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance; 

(6) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to, or receipt of capital contributions from, Affiliates of the
Parent; 
 (7) any Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07; 

(8) any transaction in which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an accounting, appraisal, advisory or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; 

(9) (a) guarantees by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of performance of obligations of the Unrestricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, except for guarantees of Indebtedness in respect of borrowed money, and (b) pledges by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries for
the benefit of lenders or other creditors of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (10) any Affiliate Transaction with a Person
in its capacity as a holder of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent if such Person is treated no more favorably than the other holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) transactions with Unrestricted Subsidiaries, customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or
sellers of goods or services, or lessors or lessees of property, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are, in the aggregate (taking into account all the costs and benefits
associated with such 

  
 47 

 
transactions), not materially less favorable to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated person, in the good faith determination of the Parent’s Board of Directors or any officer of the Parent involved in or otherwise familiar with such transaction, or are on terms at least as favorable as might
reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 
 (12) transactions between the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that would not otherwise constitute an Affiliate Transaction except for the fact that one director of such other Person is also a director of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; provided
that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, on any matter involving such other Person; and 

(13) the Corporate Reorganization. 

Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens. 

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the Notes or any Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable, is secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be) the obligations so secured until such time as such
obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 Section 4.13. Additional Guarantees. 

If, after the date of this Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is not already a Guarantor or an Issuer guarantees any other
Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount, or any Domestic Subsidiary, if not then a Guarantor or an Issuer, incurs any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, then in either case that
Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Annex A hereto and delivering it to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness, as the
case may be, together with any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.06; provided, however, that the preceding shall not apply to Subsidiaries of the Parent that have properly been designated as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, any Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that was incurred pursuant to
this Section 4.13 will be released at such time as such Guarantor ceases both (x) to guarantee any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers and any other Guarantor in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount and (y) to be an
obligor with respect to any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility. 
 Section 4.14. Organizational Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 and Section 10.04 hereof, the Parent shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in
full force and effect: 
 (a) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(b) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that the Parent shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Parent shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

  
 48 

 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant
to Section 3.07 hereof, each Holder will have the right to require the Parent to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a cash tender offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Section 4.15. In the Change of Control Offer, the Parent will offer a payment in cash (“Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”), subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date. 

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the
Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, the Parent will send a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes properly tendered prior to the
expiration date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent, pursuant to the procedures required by this Section 4.15 and described in such notice. The Parent
will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15, the Parent will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) Promptly following the
expiration of the Change of Control Offer, the Parent will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Promptly after such acceptance, the Parent will, on the
Change of Control Purchase Date: 
 (1) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions of Notes accepted for payment; and 
 (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee
the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Parent. 

The paying agent will promptly mail or otherwise deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if all
the Notes are then in global form, it will make such payment through the facilities of the Depository), and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail or otherwise deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note
equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Parent will
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 
 (c)
Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event no later than the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Parent or any Guarantor or Issuer must either repay all of its other outstanding Senior Debt or obtain
the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.15. The provisions described above that require the Parent to make a Change of Control Offer following
a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Parent will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Parent and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer. 

  
 49 

 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, a Change of
Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

(f) In the event that the Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer
and the Parent (or any third party making such Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Parent as described in Section 4.15(d) above) purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Issuers will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to
the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that remain outstanding, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

Section 4.16. No Inducements. 

The Parent will not, and the Parent will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, to pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent to any waiver, amendment or supplement of any terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes,
unless such consideration is offered to be paid (or agreed to be paid) to all Beneficial Owners and Holders which so consent in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent. 

Section 4.17. Permitted Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than the Oil and Gas Business,
except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Finance Corp. shall not
incur Indebtedness unless (1) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company or its other Restricted
Subsidiaries, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to repay Indebtedness of the Company or its other Restricted Subsidiaries as permitted under Section 4.09. Finance Corp. shall not engage in any business
not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Section 4.18. Covenant Termination. 

If at any time (a) the Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by
S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Parent, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the
meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by the Parent as a replacement agency), (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture and (c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate certifying to the foregoing provisions of this sentence, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.09, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.17, 4.19, and clause (d) of
Section 5.01 of this Indenture. However, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Notes or notify Holders of
the Notes of the suspension of covenants provided for in this Section 4.18. 

  
 50 

 Section 4.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation
would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary
properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be either an Investment made as of the time of the designation that will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 or
represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Parent. That designation shall only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary of the Parent so designated otherwise meets the definition of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will
only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of
Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 

Neither the Parent nor any Issuer may, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the
Parent or such Issuer is the survivor), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person, unless: 

(a) either (1) the Parent or such Issuer is the survivor or (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation; 

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be) or the
Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Parent or such Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Registration Rights Agreement pursuant
to a supplemental indenture or other agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (c) immediately after such transaction no
Default or Event of Default exists; 
 (d) in the case of a transaction involving the Parent or the Company, but not Finance Corp.,
immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions on a pro forma basis as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either; 

(1) the Parent or the Company, as the case may be, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Parent or the Company, as the case may be), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio of the Parent, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent or the Company, as the case may be), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
has been made, would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent or the Company, as the case may be, immediately before such transactions; and 

  
 51 

 (e) the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be, has delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (d), any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Issuers)
may consolidate with, merge into or dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Parent without complying with the preceding clause (d) in connection with any such consolidation, merger or disposition. 

Notwithstanding the second preceding paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Company may reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance
with the following procedures provided that: 
 (i) the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger, sale,
contribution or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the Parent or either Issuer into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law; 

(ii) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (iii) the entity so formed by or resulting from such
reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Parent or either Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iv) immediately after such reorganization no Default (other than a Reporting Default) or Event of Default exists; and 

(v) such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes (for purposes of this
clause (v), a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization (a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as
an entity or (b) is considered to be an “includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar state or local law). 

Section 5.02. Successor Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Parent or any Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be, is merged or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been
named as the Parent or such Issuer herein and shall be substituted for the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition,
the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Parent,” the “Company” or “Finance Corp.,” as the case may be, shall refer instead to the successor and not to the Parent, the Company or Finance
Corp., as the case may be); and thereafter (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent or an Issuer, as the case may be), the Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be, shall be discharged and
released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor and such discharge and release of the Parent or such
Issuer, as the case may be. 

  
 52 

 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01. Events of Default. 

An “Event of Default” occurs if one of the following shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event
of Default and whether it shall be involuntary or be effected by operation of law): 
 (a) an Issuer defaults in the payment when due of
interest or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 
 (b) an Issuer
defaults in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 

(c) the Parent or the Company fails to comply with the provisions of Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof; 

(d) the Parent or the Company fails to comply with the provisions of Section 4.03 for 180 days after notice to the Parent or the Company
by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 
 (e) the Parent or the
Company fails to comply with any other covenant or other agreement in this Indenture or the Notes for 60 days after notice to the Parent or the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
of such failure; 
 (f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now
exists or is created after the date of this Indenture, if such default: 
 (1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or
interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or 

(2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been
a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; provided, however, that if, prior to any acceleration of the Notes, (i) any such Payment Default is cured or waived,
(ii) any such acceleration is rescinded, or (iii) such Indebtedness is repaid during the 60-day period commencing upon the end of any applicable grace period for such Payment Default or the
occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default (but not any acceleration of the Notes) caused by such Payment Default or acceleration shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any
judgment or decree; 
 (g) the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of
$15.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 

(h) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any
reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee; and 

  
 53 

 (i) the Parent, the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(1) commences a voluntary case, 

(2) consents in writing to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(3) consents in writing to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(5) admits in writing it generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Parent, the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Parent, the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent, the Company,
Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent, that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent; or

 (3) orders the liquidation of the Parent, the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

(k) the Issuers fail to satisfy their conversion or payment obligations in accordance with Article 11 (x) upon a Holder’s exercise of its
Early Conversion rights or (y) upon the Issuers’ exercise of their Mandatory Conversion rights, which failure in each case is not cured within five Business Days. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately, together with all accrued and unpaid
interest, Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, thereon. Notwithstanding the preceding, if an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Parent, the Company, Finance
Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, all
outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, thereon. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all 

  
 54 

 
of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except with respect to
nonpayment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest, if any, that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and
premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or settlements
due upon conversion of the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06.
Limitation on Suits. 
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e) during such 60-day
period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A
Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

  
 55 

 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment and to Convert. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), and to convert the Note upon the terms set forth herein or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or such right to convert, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a), (b) or (k) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue
principal, and the amount of cash, Common Stock or combination of cash and Common Stock due upon the conversion of the Notes, as the case may be, and, to the extent lawful, interest and Additional Interest, if any, and such further amount as shall
be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by
a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10. Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Trustee’s costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest,
if any, and any cash due upon conversion of any Note, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively, and any
cash due upon conversion of any Note; and 
 Third: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction
shall direct. 

  
 56 

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its
own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect
of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the
Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment
of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

  
 57 

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may
consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any
agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes
to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this
Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer. 
 (f) The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee, and if requested, provided security
or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4 or 11 hereof. In
addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; provided that the Trustee is also the Paying Agent; or
(2) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge. 

(h) The permissive right of the Trustee to act hereunder shall not be construed as a duty. 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and in its capacity as Conversion Agent. 
 (j) In no event will
the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of
such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

  
 58 

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for either Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or upon either Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall send to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, or a payment or
delivery, as the case may be, of the amount of cash and, if applicable, Common Shares due upon conversion, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice from the Holders is in
the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

Within 60 days after each September 15 beginning with the September 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee shall send to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2) and § 313(b)(1). The Trustee shall also transmit all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

A copy of each report at the time it is sent to the Holders of Notes shall be given to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee may agree in writing for the
Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for
all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and
counsel. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee, jointly and severally, against any and all losses, liabilities or
expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except
to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may
have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers and the Guarantors will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the
Trustee’s defense with counsel acceptable to 

  
 59 

 
and approved by the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Issuers
and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors need reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnity against any liability or
loss of the Trustee to the extent such expense, liability or loss is attributable to the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee. 

The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,
repayment or conversion of the Notes and resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’
payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(i) or (j) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy
Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing upon 30 days’ notice at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing and may appoint
a successor trustee with the consent of the Issuers. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the
Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a receiver, Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers
or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall

  
 60 

 
send a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing
to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under
Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger,
etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to,
another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to the Issuers and the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship
listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE 

Section 8.01. Reserved. 

Section 8.02. Reserved. 

Section 8.03. Reserved. 

Section 8.04. Reserved. 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.08 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.08 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

  
 61 

 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver
or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the written request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.08 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Discharge.

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers. 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money or non-callable Government
Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money or non-callable Government Securities,
and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the written direction and expense of the
Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 

Section 8.07. Reserved. 

Section 8.08. Discharge. 

This Indenture shall upon request of the Issuers contained in an Officers’ Certificate cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, at
the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments reasonably requested by the Issuers acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when (a) (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which
have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced, paid or converted as provided in Section 2.07) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) the Issuers have deposited with the Trustee or delivered to
Holders, as applicable, after the Notes have become due and payable, whether on the Stated Maturity, upon conversion or otherwise, cash or cash and shares of Common Stock (solely to satisfy the Issuers’ conversion obligation, if applicable),
sufficient to pay all of the outstanding Notes and all other sums due and payable under this Indenture by the Company; and (b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under
Section 7.07 shall survive. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the
Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(c) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of Notes or a Guarantee pursuant to
Article 5 hereof; 

  
 62 

 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders
of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 
 (e) to secure the Notes or the Guarantees
pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12 or otherwise; 
 (f) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture; 
 (g) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any
Guarantor from its Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 hereof; 
 (h) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (i) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee; 
 (j) to make provision with respect to adjustments to the Conversion Rate as required by this Indenture
or to increase the Conversion Rate in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (k) to make any changes necessary to provide for conversion of the
Notes following a Merger Event pursuant to Section 11.11; or 
 (l) to irrevocably elect or eliminate any Settlement Method or Specified
Dollar Amount; provided, however, that no such election or elimination will affect any Settlement Method theretofore elected (or deemed to be elected) with respect to any Note pursuant to Section 11.02(b). 

Upon the request of the Company authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of
the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided above in Section 9.01 and below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder
affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption or
repurchase of the Notes (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the
time for payment of interest on any Note; 

  
 63 

 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, interest
or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(e) make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or Events of Default or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except as permitted in clause (g) below) or settlements due upon conversion of the Notes; 

(g) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15
hereof); 
 (h) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture; 
 (i) reduce the consideration due upon conversion or otherwise adversely affect the right of Holders to convert Notes in
accordance with this Indenture or modify the Mandatory Conversion provisions of this Indenture in a manner adverse to Holders; or 
 (j) make
any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board Resolutions
authorizing their execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the
documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall send to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to give such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 
 A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a
purchase, tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such purchase, tender or exchange. 

Section 9.04. Effect of Consents. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses
(a) through (i) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note. 

  
 64 

 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers, in
exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure
to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon,
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent are satisfied. 

ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEES OF NOTES

 Section 10.01. Guarantees. 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis,
to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby and the Obligations of the Issuers
hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, and the conversion obligation with respect to, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable
grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase, redemption, conversion or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium, (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes, and all other payment Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of
time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase, redemption, conversion or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.
An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the
Obligations of the Issuers. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against an
Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law,
hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and
covenants that its Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to an Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee or other
similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and
effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby. 

  
 65 

 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the
Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due
and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees. 
 Section 10.02. [Reserved]. 

Section 10.03. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

(a) No Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with
or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless, (i) either (1) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, under the
Notes, this Indenture and its Guarantee on terms set forth therein, or (2) such transaction does not violate Section 4.10, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 

(b) In the case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, of the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be
substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. 
 Section 10.04. Releases of
Guarantees. 
 (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04(b) below, the Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released:
(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such
transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10; (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is
not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent as a result of the sale or other disposition; (3) if the Parent designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.19 of this Indenture; (4) upon Discharge in accordance with Article 8;
(5) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; (6) at such time as such Guarantor ceases both (x) to guarantee any other Indebtedness of either of
the Issuers and any other Guarantor in excess of a De Minimis Guaranteed Amount and (y) to be an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility; or (7) upon such Guarantor consolidating with, merging into or
transferring all of its properties or assets to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, and as a result of, or in connection with, such transaction such Guarantor dissolves or otherwise ceases to exist. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.04(a) above, the Guarantee of the Parent shall be released only upon Discharge
in accordance with Article 8 or in a transaction which complies with Article 5 hereof. 
 (c) Upon delivery by the Parent to the
Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (1) — (6) has occurred, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Parent or the Company in
order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and premium, interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 66 

 Section 10.05. [Reserved]. 

Section 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its
contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under
any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 ARTICLE 11 

CONVERSION 

Section 11.01. Conversion. 

(a) Subject to compliance with Section 11.02, a Holder shall have the right to convert all or any portion (if such portion is $2,000
principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount) of its Notes (“Early Conversion”) at any time and from time to time, on any Business Day, prior to the earliest of (i) if applicable, the close of business on
the Business Day prior to the date that a Mandatory Conversion Notice is delivered in accordance with Section 11.01(b), (ii) if applicable, with respect to a Note called for redemption, the close of business on the Business Day immediately
preceding the applicable redemption date or (iii) the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the maturity date, into a number of shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted equal to the
Conversion Rate then in effect (plus cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 11.03, subject to the settlement provisions set forth in Section 11.02(b)). In addition, upon an Early Conversion, a Holder
shall have the right to receive in cash, with respect to its Notes being converted, per $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, in the event the Early Conversion Date occurs on or prior to September 19, 2019, the Early Conversion
Payment. 
 (b) The Issuers shall have the right to convert all of the Notes (“Mandatory Conversion”) into a number of
shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes equal to the Conversion Rate then in effect (plus cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 11.03, subject to the settlement provisions set forth in
Section 11.02(b)), if each of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the VWAP of the Common Stock (or other security into which the Notes are convertible pursuant to Section 11.11) equals or exceeds the Threshold Price in effect
on each applicable Trading Day for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during any period of 30 consecutive Trading Days commencing on or after the Initial Issuance Date (the “VWAP Condition”) and (ii) the
Company delivers to the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) a notice of the Issuers’ election of their right to convert the Notes no earlier than the open of business on the Business Day immediately
following the 20th Trading Day on which the VWAP of the Common Stock (or other security into which the Notes are convertible pursuant to Section 11.11) equals or exceeds the Threshold Price
during any such 30 Trading Day period and no later than the open of business on the third Business Day immediately following the 20th Trading Day on which the VWAP of the Common Stock (or other
security into which the Notes are convertible pursuant to Section 11.11) equals or exceeds the Threshold Price during any such 30 Trading Day period (a “Mandatory Conversion Notice”), which notice shall specify that the
Mandatory Conversion shall occur on the sixth Business Day following the date of such notice (the “Mandatory Conversion Date”) and the Settlement Method for such Mandatory Conversion; provided that, the Issuers’ right to
cause a Mandatory Conversion shall be suspended during the period beginning on the date a Change of Control Offer is made and continuing to, and including, the applicable Change of Control Settlement Date. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of
a Mandatory Conversion, Holders shall not be entitled to receive the Early Conversion Payment or, except as provided in Section 11.02(f), accrued and unpaid interest. For the avoidance of doubt, Holders who convert their Notes pursuant to
clause (i) of Section 11.01(a) shall be entitled to receive the Early Conversion Payment if the Early Conversion Date occurs on or prior to September 19, 2019 and prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date
that a Mandatory Conversion Notice is delivered. The Mandatory Conversion Notice shall state that the Issuers are exercising their right to cause a Mandatory Conversion, the Conversion Rate and Conversion Price in effect on the Mandatory Conversion
Date. 

  
 67 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may only exercise their right to cause a Mandatory Conversion if,
as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) on the Mandatory Conversion Date, all of the conditions listed below (the “Equity Conditions”) are satisfied
on each day during the period (x) commencing on, and including, the date of the Mandatory Conversion Notice and (y) ending on, and including, the Mandatory Conversion Date (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”). The
Equity Conditions are as follows: 
 (1) either (1) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes and
held by a non-Affiliate of the Parent shall be eligible for sale without the need for registration under any applicable federal or state securities laws or (2) a shelf registration statement registering
the resale of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes has been filed by the Parent and been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective and is available for use, and the Parent expects such shelf registration
statement to remain effective and available for use from the Mandatory Conversion Date until thirty days following the Mandatory Conversion Date; 

(2) the Common Stock (or other security into which the Notes are convertible pursuant to Section 11.11) to be delivered on
such conversion is listed or traded on The New York Stock Exchange, NYSE American, The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market, The NASDAQ Capital Market, or any of their respective successors (each, an “Eligible
Market”) and shall not then be suspended from trading on such Eligible Market; 
 (3) at or prior to the settlement
date of the Mandatory Conversion, for any Notes validly surrendered for conversion with an Early Conversion Date prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Issuers shall have delivered and paid the
number of shares of Common Stock and the amount of cash due upon conversion of the Notes to the Holders in accordance with Section 11.02(b); and 

(4) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

Section 11.02. Conversion Procedure and Payment Upon Conversion.  

(a) To convert its Note pursuant to an Early Conversion, a Holder of a definitive Note must: 

(1) complete and manually sign the Conversion Notice, with appropriate signature guarantee, or facsimile of the Conversion
Notice and deliver the completed Conversion Notice (which shall be irrevocable) to the Conversion Agent; 
 (2) surrender the
Note to the Conversion Agent; 
 (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Registrar or
Conversion Agent; 
 (4) pay all transfer or similar taxes if required pursuant to Section 11.04; and 

(5) pay funds equal to interest payable on the next interest payment date required by Section 11.02(f). 

If a Holder holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note, to convert such Note, the Holder must comply with clauses
(4) and (5) above and the Depository’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a Global Note. 
 (b)   (1)
Upon conversion of a Holder’s Note in an Early Conversion or a Mandatory Conversion, the Issuers shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to such converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, cash
(“Cash Settlement”), shares of Common Stock, together with cash, 

  
 68 

 
if applicable, in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with Section 11.03 (“Physical Settlement”) or a combination of cash and shares of
Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with Section 11.03 (“Combination Settlement”), at their election, as set forth in this
Section 11.02. In addition, for any Early Conversion, the Company shall deliver, with respect to the Notes being converted, cash in an amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes equal to the Early Conversion Payment, if owed pursuant to
Section 11.01(a). If a Holder converts more than one Note at the same time, the full number of shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion (and, as a result, the amount of cash deliverable in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock)
and the amount of cash deliverable in respect of the Early Conversion Payment, if owed pursuant to Section 11.01(a), shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes converted by such Holder. 

(2) The Issuers will have the right to elect the Settlement Method applicable to any conversion of a Note; provided,
however, that: 
 (i) Subject to clause (iii) below, all conversions for which the relevant Conversion Date
occurs on or after June 15, 2023 shall be settled using the same Settlement Method. 
 (ii) Subject to clause
(iii) below, except for any conversions for which the relevant Conversion Date occurs on or after June 15, 2023, the Issuers shall use the same Settlement Method for all conversions occurring on the same Conversion Date, but the Issuers
shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with respect to conversions with different Conversion Dates. 

(iii) If any Notes are called for redemption, then (1) the Issuers will specify, in the related redemption notice sent
pursuant to section 3.03, the Settlement Method that will apply to all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after the date of the related redemption notice and before the related redemption date; and (2) if such
redemption date occurs on or after June 15, 2023, then such Settlement Method must be the same Settlement Method that, pursuant to clause (i) above, applies to all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after
June 15, 2023. 
 (iv) If, in respect of any Conversion Date (or the period on or after June 15, 2023, as the case
may be), the Issuers elect to deliver a notice (the “Settlement Notice”) of the relevant Settlement Method in respect of such Conversion Date (or such period, as the case may be), the Company shall deliver such Settlement Notice to
converting Holders (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent) no later than the close of business on the Trading Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date (or, in the case of any conversions for which the relevant Conversion
Date occurs on or after June 15, 2023, no later than the close of business on Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding June 15, 2023). If the Issuers do not elect a Settlement Method prior to the deadline set forth in the immediately
preceding sentence, the Issuers shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement with respect to such conversion or during such period and the Issuers shall be deemed to have elected Physical Settlement. Such
Settlement Notice shall specify the relevant Settlement Method and in the case of an election of Combination Settlement, the relevant Settlement Notice shall indicate the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. If the Company
delivers a Settlement Notice electing Combination Settlement but does not indicate a Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes in such Settlement Notice, the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be
deemed to be $1,000. 
 (3) The cash, shares of Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in respect of
any conversion of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows: 
 (i) if the Issuers elect
(or are deemed to have elected) Physical Settlement in respect of such conversion, the Issuers shall deliver to the converting Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the
Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date; 

  
 69 

 (ii) if the Issuers elect Cash Settlement in respect of such conversion,
the Issuers shall pay to the converting Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days during the related
Observation Period; and 
 (iii) if the Issuers elect Combination Settlement in respect of such conversion, the Issuers
shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, a Settlement Amount equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days during the related
Observation Period. 
 (4) The Daily Settlement Amounts (if applicable) and the Daily Conversion Values (if applicable) shall
be determined by the Company promptly following the last day of the Observation Period. Promptly after such determination of the Daily Settlement Amounts or the Daily Conversion Values, as the case may be, and the amount of cash payable in lieu of
delivering any fractional share of Common Stock, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the Daily Settlement Amounts or the Daily Conversion Values, as the case may be, and the amount of cash
payable in lieu of delivering fractional shares of Common Stock. The Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) shall have no responsibility for any such determination. 

(5) At any time prior to June 15, 2023, the Issuers may irrevocably elect Cash Settlement to satisfy its conversion
obligation in respect of Notes to be converted after the date of such election, or irrevocably elect Combination Settlement and a Specified Dollar Amount (which amount shall be at least $1,000 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes) to satisfy their
conversion obligation in respect of Notes to be converted after the date of such election, or irrevocably elect Physical Settlement to satisfy its conversion obligation in respect of Notes to be converted after the date of such election. Upon making
any election pursuant to this Section 11.02(b)(5), the Issuers shall promptly (A) use their reasonable efforts to post information relating to such election on its website or otherwise publicly disclose such information, and (B) give
written notice of such election to the Holders of the Notes. 
 (c) Except as set forth in Section 11.06 or 11.11, the Issuers will pay
or deliver, as applicable, to the Holder the conversion obligation (including any cash in lieu of fractional shares and Early Conversion Payment, if applicable) due upon the conversion of any Note as follows: (i) if Cash Settlement or
Combination Settlement applies to such conversion, on or before the second Business Day immediately after the last Trading Day of the Observation Period for such conversion; and (ii) if Physical Settlement applies to such conversion, on or
before the second Business Day immediately after the Conversion Date for such conversion; provided, however, that if Physical Settlement applies to the conversion of any Note with a Conversion Date that is after the record date
immediately before the Stated Maturity, then, solely for purposes of such conversion, (x) the Company will pay or deliver, as applicable, the conversion obligation due upon such conversion no later than the Stated Maturity; and (y) the
Conversion Date will instead be deemed to be the second (2nd) Business Day immediately before the Stated Maturity. 
 (d) Notes surrendered
for conversion will be deemed converted at the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date, and the Person in whose name the shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon such conversion shall become the holder of record of such shares as of
the close of business on (i) such Conversion Date, in the case of Physical Settlement and (ii) the last Trading Day of the Observation Period for such conversion, in the case of Combination Settlement. Prior to such time, a Holder
receiving shares of Common Stock upon conversion shall not be entitled to any rights relating to such shares of Common Stock, including, among other things, the right to vote, tender in a tender offer and receive dividends and notices of shareholder
meetings. On and after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date with respect to a conversion of a Note pursuant hereto, all rights of the Holder of such Note shall terminate, other than the right to receive the consideration
deliverable or payable upon conversion of such Note as provided in Section 11.02(b). 

  
 70 

 (e) Except as provided in this Article 11, no payment or other adjustment will be made for
accrued interest on any Notes converted, and accrued interest, if any, will be deemed to be paid by the consideration paid to the Holder upon conversion. Such accrued interest, if any, shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled,
extinguished or forfeited. 
 (f) If any Holder surrenders a Note for Early Conversion after the close of business on a record date and prior
to the open of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Holder of such Note as of the close of business on such record date will receive the full amount of interest payable on such Note on the corresponding Interest Payment Date
notwithstanding the conversion. Notes surrendered for Conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the
amount of interest payable on the Notes so converted on such Interest Payment Date; provided that no such payment shall be required (1) for conversions following the record date immediately preceding the Stated Maturity; (2) if the
Issuers have specified a redemption date that is after a record date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (3) if the Issuers have specified a Mandatory Conversion Date that is after
a record date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (4) only to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such
Note. 
 (g) In the event a Mandatory Conversion Date falls after the close of business on a record date but prior to the open of business on
the next interest payment date, then, notwithstanding such conversion, the full amount of interest payable with respect to such Note on such interest payment date shall be paid on such interest payment date to the Holder of record of such Note at
the close of business on such record date. In such event, the Holders shall be entitled to retain the full amount of interest payable on such interest payment date. 

(h) Upon surrender of a Note that is converted in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to
the unconverted portion of the Note surrendered. 
 (i) Each Holder of a Note, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to take the
following actions prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date if deemed necessary by the Issuers or, in the case of Notes represented by Global Notes, if required by DTC or any successor Depository: (1) surrendering the converted Note to the
Conversion Agent, (2) furnishing appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Registrar or the Conversion Agent, (3) if the Note is held in book-entry form, completing and delivering to the Depository appropriate
instructions pursuant to the Depository’s book-entry conversion programs, (4) paying all transfer or similar taxes if required pursuant to Section 11.04, and (v) taking any other action necessary to effectuate the Mandatory
Conversion as may be reasonably requested by the Issuers. In the event that a Holder does not take any of the actions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date, each Holder of a Note, by the Holder’s
acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Issuers to take any action on the Holder’s behalf to effect the Mandatory Conversion and appoints each of the Issuers such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Such appointment as attorney-in-fact is coupled with an interest and is
irrevocable so long as any Note is outstanding. 
 Section 11.03. Cash in Lieu of Fractional Shares. The Parent will not issue a
fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of a Note. Instead, the Issuers shall pay cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the VWAP of the Common Stock on the applicable Conversion Date (or, if such Conversion Date is not a Trading Day,
the VWAP of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such Conversion Date). 
 Section 11.04. Taxes on
Conversion. The Issuers shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or duty due on the issue, if any, of Common Stock upon the conversion of a Note. However, such Holder shall pay any such tax or duty that is due because
such shares are issued in a name other than such Holder’s name. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver a certificate representing the Common Stock to be issued in a name other than such Holder’s name until the Conversion Agent receives
a sum sufficient to pay any tax or duty which will be due because such shares are to be issued in a name other than such Holder’s name. 

  
 71 

 Section 11.05. Company to Reserve, Provide and List Common Stock. The Parent
shall at all times reserve out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock or Common Stock held in its treasury a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion, in accordance herewith, of all of the Notes (assuming, for such
purposes, that at the time of computation of such number of shares, all such Notes would be converted by a single Holder). 
 All shares of
Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free of preemptive or similar rights and free of any lien or adverse claim that arises from
the action or inaction of the Parent. 
 The Parent shall comply with all securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of shares of
Common Stock upon conversion of Notes and shall list such shares on each national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed on the applicable Conversion Date. 

Section 11.06. Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, without
duplication, upon the occurrence of any of the following events: 
 (a) If the Parent issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or
distribution on all shares of the Common Stock, or if the Parent effects a share split or share combination (including a “reverse split”), the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula: 

 
 

 
 where, 
  

			
	CR0 =	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to open of business on the effective date of such share split or share combination,
as the case may be;
		
	CR’ =	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the effective date of such share split or share combination, as
the case may be;
		
	OS0 =	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the effective date of such share split
or share combination, as the case may be; and
		
	OS’ =	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution, or such share split or share combination, as the case may be.

 Any adjustment made under this Section 11.06(a) shall become effective immediately after the close of
business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the effective date for such share split or share combination, as the case may be. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in
this Section 11.06(a) is declared but not so paid or made, then the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate
that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 

  
 72 

 (b) If any cash dividend or distribution is made to all or substantially all holders of the
Common Stock, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula: 
  
 

 
 where, 
  

			
	CR0 =	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
		
	CR’ =	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
		
	SP0 =	  	the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
		
	C =	  	the amount in cash per share the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

 Any increase pursuant to this Section 11.06(b) shall become effective immediately after the close of business on the
Record Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to
be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of
shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate on the Record Date for such cash dividend or distribution. 

(c) In addition to the foregoing adjustments in subsection (a) above, the Issuers may, from time to time and to the extent permitted by
law, increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days or any longer period as may be permitted or required by law, if the Board of Directors has made a determination, which determination shall be conclusive, that
such increase would be in the best interests of the Issuers. Such Conversion Rate increase shall be irrevocable during such period. The Issuers shall give notice to the Trustee and cause notice of such increase to be mailed to each Holder of Notes
at such Holder’s address as the same appears on the registry books of the Registrar at least 15 days prior to the date on which such increase commences. 

(d) All calculations under this Article 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share, as the case may be.
Adjustments to the Conversion Rate will be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th. 
 Section 11.07. No Adjustment. The Conversion
Rate shall not be adjusted for any transaction or event other than as specified in this Article 11. 
 Section 11.08. Adjustments
for Tax Purposes. Except as prohibited by law, the Issuers may (but are not obligated to) adjust the Conversion Rate, in addition to those adjustments required by Section 11.06 hereof, as they determine to be advisable in order that any
dividend, distribution, share split or share combination will not be taxable to the recipients thereof or in order to avoid or diminish any such taxation. 

Section 11.09. Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted, the Issuers shall promptly mail to Holders at the
addresses appearing on the Registrar’s books a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The
certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment. 

  
 73 

 Section 11.10. Notice of Certain Transactions. In the event that: 

(a) the Parent or the Issuers takes any action that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate, 

(b) the Issuers take any action that would require a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 11.11, or 

(c) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Parent or any Issuer, 

the Issuers shall promptly mail to Holders at the addresses appearing on the Registrar’s books and the Trustee a written notice stating the proposed
record date and effective date of the transaction referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 11.10. 

Section 11.11. Effect of Reclassifications, Consolidations, Mergers, Binding Share Exchanges or Sales on Conversion Privilege. If
the Parent:  
 (a) reclassifies the Common Stock (other than a change only in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from
no par value to par value, or a change as a result of a subdivision or combination of Common Stock to which Section 11.06(a) applies); 

(b) is party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange; or 

(c) sells, transfers, leases, conveys or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the consolidated property or assets of the Company,

 in each case, pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into or exchanged for, or would constitute solely the right to receive, cash,
securities or other property (any such event, a “Merger Event”), each $1,000 principal amount of Notes will, from and after the effective time of such Merger Event, in lieu of being convertible into Common Stock, be convertible into
the same kind, type and proportions of consideration that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such Merger Event would have received in such Merger Event (“Reference
Property”) and, prior to or at the effective time of such Merger Event, the Parent or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for such change in the right to
convert the Notes. 
 If the Merger Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a
single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), then: 
 (i) the unit of Reference Property
into which the Notes will be convertible shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election; provided that, if the types and
amounts of consideration that holders of the Common Stock would be entitled to receive with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock is based in whole or in part upon any form of stockholder election, the weighted average will be deemed to be
(A) if holders of the majority of the shares of Common Stock affirmatively make such an election, the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of the Common Stock that affirmatively make such an
election or (B) if the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock do not affirmatively make such an election, the types and amount of consideration actually received by such holders; and 

(ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause
(i) attributable to one share of Common Stock. 
 The Issuers shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of
such weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made. 
 The supplemental indenture referred to in the first
sentence of this Section 11.11 shall, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, (i) provide for adjustments to the Conversion Rate that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to
the adjustments of the Conversion Rate provided for in this Article 11 and for the delivery of cash by the Issuers in lieu of fractional securities or property that would otherwise be deliverable to Holders upon conversion as part of the Reference
Property, with such amount of cash determined by the Company in a manner as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to that used by the Issuers to determine the 

  
 74 

 
VWAP of the Common Stock and (ii) provide that after the Merger Event, the VWAP Condition (and related calculations) shall be determined with reference to the trading value of the Reference
Property as determined in good faith by the Issuers in a manner as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to that used by the Issuers to determine the VWAP of the Common Stock. If the Reference Property includes shares of stock, other securities or
other property or assets (including any combination thereof) of a company other than the Parent or the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, in such Merger Event, then such other company shall also execute such supplemental indenture,
and such supplemental indenture shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders, including the right of Holders to require the Issuers to repurchase their Notes upon a Change of Control in accordance with
Section 4.15, as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. The provisions of this Section 11.11 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, binding share exchanges, sales,
transfers, leases, conveyances or dispositions. 
 Neither Parent nor any Issuer shall become a party to any Merger Event unless its terms
are consistent with this Section 11.11. 
 None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a Holder to convert its Notes
into shares of Common Stock (and cash in lieu of any fractional share) as set forth in Section 11.01(a) and Section 11.02 prior to the effective date of such Merger Event, or the right of the Issuers to effect a Mandatory Conversion in
accordance with Section 11.01(b). 
 In the event the Issuers shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to this
Section 11.11, the Issuers shall promptly file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of Reference Property receivable by Holders of the Notes upon the conversion of their Notes
after any such Merger Event and any adjustment to be made with respect thereto. 
 Section 11.12.
Trustee’s Disclaimer. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 11 should be made, how it should be made or what such adjustment should be,
but the Trustee and the Conversion Agent may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate with respect thereto which the Issuers are obligated to file
with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent pursuant to Section 11.09 hereof and the Issuers agree to deliver such Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent promptly after the occurrence of any such adjustment. Neither
the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall be accountable with respect to, and makes not representation as to, the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Notes, and neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall
be responsible for the failure by the Company to comply with any provisions of this Article 11. 
 Neither the Trustee nor the
Conversion Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to Section 11.11, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness thereof, and
shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent pursuant to Section 11.11 hereof. 

The Trustee and the Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to either calculate the
Conversion Price or determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Price, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed herein,
or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same and shall be protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate with respect to the same. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any
failure of the Issuers to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock or share certificates or other securities or property upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee
and the Conversion Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any failure of the Issuers to comply with any of the covenants of the Issuers contained in this Article. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall be responsible for
determining whether any event contemplated by Section 11.01 has occurred which makes the Notes eligible for conversion until the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent an Officers’ Certificate stating that such
event has occurred, on which certificate the Trustee and any the Conversion Agent may conclusively rely, and the Issuers agrees to deliver such Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent promptly after the occurrence of any
such event. 

  
 75 

 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), such TIA-imposed duties shall control. 
 Section 12.02. Notices. 

Any notice or communication by an Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language) and
delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), or sent by telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors: 

Legacy Reserves Inc. 

303 W. Wall Street 

Suite 1800 

Midland, Texas 79701 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel 

Telecopier No.: 432-689-5299 

with a copy (not constituting notice) to: 

Sidley Austin LLP 
 1000
Louisiana Street 
 Suite 6000 

Houston, TX 77002 
 Attention:
George J. Vlahakos 
 Email: gvlahakos@sidley.com 

If to the Trustee or Conversion Agent: 

Wilmington Trust, National Association 

15950 North Dallas Parkway, Suite 550 

Dallas, Texas 75248 

Attention: Legacy Reserves Notes Administrator 

An Issuer, any of the Guarantors, the Trustee or Conversion Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses
for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been
duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery
to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery in each case to the address shown above. 
 Any notice or
communication to a Holder shall be (i) mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar, (ii) sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery to such address or (iii) if the Holder is the Depository, sent by such other means as the Depository may specify. Any notice or communication shall also be sent in the same manner to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the
extent required by the TIA. Failure to send a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

  
 76 

 Notwithstanding any other provision herein, where this Indenture provides for notice of any
event to any Holder of an interest in a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Note (or its designee), according to the applicable procedures of such Depository, if
any, prescribed for the giving of such notice. 
 If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If either of the Issuers sends a notice or communication to
Holders, it shall send a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes
with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights
under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by an Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, such Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that
the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement
that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make
reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

  
 77 

 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Unitholders. 
 No director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the
Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 12.08. Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Parent or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10. Successors.

 All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of
the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 12.11. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12. Table of Contents, Headings,
etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 12.13. Counterparts. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, and each party hereto may sign any number of separate copies of this Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this
Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

Section 12.14. Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing, and may be given or obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender
offer or exchange offer for, outstanding Notes; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to
the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.14. 

  
 78 

 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may
be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to
such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date
of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any
Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.03. 

(d) If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA §316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than
the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.05 and not later than the
date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders at the close of business on
such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed
effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. 

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or an Issuer in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to
take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with
regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
 (g) For purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders that may be taken in
writing may be taken by electronic means or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. 
 Section 12.15. Patriot Act.

 The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial
institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the
Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information within their possession or control as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

  
 79 

 Section 12.16. Set-Off of Withholding Taxes;
Tax Treatment 
 (a) If the Issuers are required by applicable law to pay, and pay, withholding tax on behalf of a non-U.S. Holder as a result of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate, the Issuers may, at their option, set off or cause to be set off such withholding tax against any payments of cash or shares of Common Stock on
the Notes (or, if such withholding tax has not previously been fully set off against such cash or shares, against any payments on the shares of Common Stock). For purposes of such a set-off, each share of
Common Stock shall be deemed to have a value equal to the VWAP of the Common Stock on the Conversion Date applicable to such Note. 
 (b) The
Issuers shall treat the Notes as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
 Section 12.17. Force Majeure 

The Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent will not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty,
obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of such Person (including, but not limited to, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war,
civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility). 

  
 80 

 SIGNATURES 

 

			
	LEGACY RESERVES LP
		
	By:	 	Legacy Reserves GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	LEGACY RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	GUARANTORS:
	
	LEGACY RESERVES OPERATING GP LLC
		
	By:	 	Legacy Reserves, LP,
		 	its sole member
		
	By:	 	Legacy Reserves GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	LEGACY RESERVES OPERATING LP
		
	By:	 	Legacy Reserves Operating GP LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	Legacy Reserves, LP,
		 	its sole member
		
	By:	 	Legacy Reserves GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 81 

 
			
	LEGACY RESERVES SERVICES INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	DEW GATHERING LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	LEGACY RESERVES ENERGY SERVICES LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PINNACLE GAS TREATING LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	PARENT GUARANTORS:
	
	LEGACY RESERVES INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	LEGACY RESERVES GP, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

	Name:	 	James Daniel Westcott
	Title:	 	President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 82 

  

			
	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Conversion Agent

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Shawn Goffinet

		 	Name: Shawn Goffinet
		 	Title: Assistant Vice President

  
 83 

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES 

AND EXCHANGE NOTES 
 1. Definitions 

1.1 Definitions. 
 For the
purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Depository” means The Depository
Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Exchange Notes” means (1) the 8% Convertible Senior
Notes due 2023 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under
the Securities Act. 
 “Initial Notes” means (1) $130.004 million aggregate principal amount of 8% Convertible Senior
Notes due 2023 issued on the Initial Issuance Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes, treated as a single class. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person
thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means, with respect to each issuance of Additional
Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 

“Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders
of Additional Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Additional Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means, with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale
of Additional Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Notes that bear
or are required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a)

  
 App. - 1 

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive,
fully registered form without interest coupons with the original issue discount legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto and the OID Legend set forth in Annex B hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the Holders of the Initial Notes represented
thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository (or with such other custodian as the Depository may direct), and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided. Additional Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S
Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), in each case as provided in a Purchase Agreement, shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without
interest coupons with the original issue discount legend, global Notes legend and restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “Restricted Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the
Additional Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository (or with such other custodian as the Depository may direct), and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the
Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Additional Notes sold in reliance on either Rule 144A or Regulation S may be held through Euroclear or Clearstream, as
indirect participants in the Depository. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.
Exchange Notes shall be issued in global form (with the original issue discount legend and global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto) or in certificated form as provided in Section 2.4 of this Appendix. The Initial Notes issued in
global form, Exchange Notes issued in global form and Restricted Global Notes are sometimes referred to in this Appendix as “Global Notes.” 

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or
more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such
Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. If such Global Notes are Restricted Global Notes, then separate Global Notes shall be issued to represent Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes so long as
required by law or the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights
under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee
shall be entitled to treat the Holder as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of
a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 Until the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of any
Additional Notes and the original issue date of such Additional Notes (such period, the “Distribution Compliance Period”), a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes may be transferred to a
Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that
such transfer is being made to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that such Person is a QIB, in each case in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, such certification requirements shall not apply
to such transfers of beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes. 

  
 App. - 2 

 Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes may be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to
the Registrar a written certificate (in the form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available). 

(c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes or any
other Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. Certificated Notes shall not be exchangeable for beneficial interests in Global Notes, except with the consent of the Company. 

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Initial Issuance Date, an aggregate principal amount of
$130.004 million 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture and
(3) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Additional Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the
amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall be registered and delivered and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13
of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture. 
 2.3 Transfer and
Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in
accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written
order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such
instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note
being transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix, a Global Note may not be transferred as a
whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor
Depository. 
 (iii) In the event that a Restricted Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are
substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of any Additional Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the
case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 
 (b) Restricted Notes Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Restricted
Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

  
 App. - 3 

 THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE, NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES NOT TO OFFER, SELL, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH
IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”),
EXCEPT THAT THE NOTES MAY BE TRANSFERRED (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION
S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE REGISTRAR’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER
(1) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION, AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (2) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM
APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

(ii) The Company, acting in its discretion, may remove the legend set forth in paragraph (i) above from any Transfer
Restricted Security at any time on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Transfer Restricted Security. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Company may effect such removal by issuing and
delivering, in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Security, a Note without such legend, registered to the same Holder and in an equal principal amount and by complying with any requirements of the Depository, and upon receipt of a written order
of the Company given at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed date of exchange specified therein (which shall be no earlier than the Resale Restriction Termination Date), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Note as
directed in such order. 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Additional Notes pursuant to and during the period of the
effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Additional Notes all requirements pertaining to legends on such Additional Note will cease to apply, the requirements that any such Additional Note issued to certain Holders be
issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Additional Note or an Additional Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Additional Notes upon
exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Additional Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. 

  
 App. - 4 

 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to
any Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Additional Notes that Additional Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Additional Notes that do not exchange their
Additional Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form will be available to Holders that exchange such Additional Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 

(c) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for
certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased, canceled or converted, such Global Note shall be returned to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a
Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased, canceled or converted, or if any certificated Note is exchanged for such a beneficial interest, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced or
increased, as appropriate, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such
reduction or increase, as the case may be. 
 (d) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 and of the Indenture). 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on
such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and
shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (e) No Obligation
of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a
member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect
to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of optional redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 

  
 App. - 5 

 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or
beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 2.4 Certificated Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3
and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and
in either event a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days, (ii) the Issuers, at their option but subject to the Depository’s requirements, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of
the certificated Notes, or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and DTC notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, and notwithstanding any contrary
indication in Section 2.3(b), beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Notes only with the consent of the Company, including if an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company acquires such interests. 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository
or the Notes Custodian to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such
Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of certificated Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in minimum denominations
of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note shall, except as otherwise
provided by Section 2.3(b), bear the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.4(b), the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled
to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the circumstances specified in
Section 2.4(a), the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. 

(e) Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note shall bear the original issue discount legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto,if applicable.
Any certificated Exchange Note shall bear the original issue discount legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto, if applicable. 

  
 App. - 6 

 EXHIBIT 1 TO RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR THIS NOTE BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH
INFORMATION TO THE COMPANY AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: LEGACY RESERVES LP, 303 W. WALL STREET, SUITE 1800, MIDLAND, TEXAS 79701, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR GENERAL COUNSEL. 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 1 

 LEGACY RESERVES LP 

LEGACY RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION 
  

			
	 No. [     ]
	  	$[            ]
		
		  	CUSIP No. [            ]
		
		  	ISIN No. [            ]

 8% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 

Legacy Reserves LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Legacy Reserves Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally
promise to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars on September 20, 2023 [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto].(1) 

Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1. 

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

			
	LEGACY RESERVES LP
		
	By:	 	LEGACY RESERVES GP, LLC, its general partner
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	LEGACY RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

	(1)	 If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 2 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, 

as Trustee, certifies that 
 this
is one of the Notes 
 referred to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

8% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 1. Interest. Legacy Reserves LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), and Legacy Reserves
Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8% per annum
from September 20, 2018 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing December 1, 2018, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes then in effect; they shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent
lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the
Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 and November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the United
States, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account in the United States will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying
Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture,
will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 20, 2018 (“Indenture”) among
the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The
Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers limited to $130.004 million aggregate principal amount in the
case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture). In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Note and the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall control. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 4 

 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) The Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at
the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2017
	  	 	102.000	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption
price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(f) of the Indenture. 
 6. Mandatory Redemption. 

Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, neither of the Issuers is required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

(a) If there is a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes, the
Company will be required to make a Change of Control Offer to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment
Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes, the Company will send a notice to
each Holder and the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) If the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sale, within ten Business Days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders
and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, offering to purchase
or redeem, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to
the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for purchase in such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allocated to the purchase of Notes, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a
pro rata basis (except as provided in Section 4.10 of the Indenture). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

(c) Holders of Definitive Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form
entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption
will be given at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. If given in the manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be
conclusively presumed to have been 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 5 

 
given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than
$2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 9. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

(a) 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with
the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (2) to provide for uncertificated
Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes or a Guarantee pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture, (4) to make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, (5) to secure the Notes or the Guarantees pursuant to
Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to
evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act,
if applicable, (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee, (10) to make provision with respect to adjustments to the Conversion Rate as required by the Indenture or to increase
the Conversion Rate in accordance with the Indenture, (11) to make any changes necessary to provide for conversion of the Notes following a Merger Event pursuant to Section 11.11 of the Indenture; or (12) to irrevocably elect or
eliminate any Settlement Method or Specified Dollar Amount in accordance with the Indenture. 
 13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of
Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Parent or the Company to comply with Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Parent or the Company
for 180 days after notice to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Parent or the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on
such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the
principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 6 

 
been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $15.0 million or more; provided, however, that if, prior to any acceleration of
the Notes, (x) any such Payment Default is cured or waived, (y) any such acceleration is rescinded, or (z) such Indebtedness is repaid during the 60-day period commencing upon the end of any
applicable grace period for such Payment Default or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default (but not any acceleration of the Notes) caused by such Payment Default or acceleration shall be automatically
rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (to the extent not covered by
insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee is
held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee;
(ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Parent, Company, Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent as specified in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture and (xi) failure by the Issuers to satisfy their conversion or payment
obligations in accordance with Article 11 of the Indenture, which failure is not cured within five Business Days. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes
notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest or a payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the amount of cash and, if
applicable, Common Shares due upon conversion) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all
of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes
or settlements due upon the conversion of the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually an Officers’ Certificate regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are
required upon certain Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14. Discharge. The Notes are subject to discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. 

15. Conversion. The Notes shall be convertible into shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof in accordance with Article 11
of the Indenture. To convert a Note at its option, a Holder must satisfy the requirements of Section 11.02(a) of the Indenture. A Holder may convert a portion of a Note in an Early Conversion if the portion is $2,000 principal amount or an
integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount. The Notes are convertible at the Issuers’ option into shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof in accordance with Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture. Upon conversion of a Note, the
Holder thereof shall be entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof payable upon conversion in accordance with Article 11 of the Indenture, at the Conversion Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to
time as provided in the Indenture. 
 16. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager
or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee
or an authenticating agent. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 7 

 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

19. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers
have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

20. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 21. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant
to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Legacy Reserves LP 

303 W. Wall Street 
 Suite 1800

 Midland, Texas 79701 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or Tax I.D. no.) 

and irrevocably appoint
                                agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.
The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:	 	
                     
                                         
                  Your
Signature:                                        
                                         
               

		 		  	 Sign exactly as your name appears on the

other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

                          
                                         
                                      

(Signature must be guaranteed) 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by
an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature
guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

With respect to any Restricted Global Note or definitive Notes that bear the restricted Notes legend, in connection with any transfer of any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by an Issuer or any Affiliate of an Issuer (or, in the case of
Regulation S Notes, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	☐	  	to an Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	☐	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	  	☐	  	to a person who the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a qualified
institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	☐	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	☐	  	pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 9 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	  

	Signature

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges
that it has received such information regarding the Issuers and any Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	Dated:                                     
                                         
  	  	  

		  	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

  

			
	☐  Section 4.10	  	☐  Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) you elect to have purchased: $ 
  

							
	Date:                                   
                         	  	Your Signature:                	  	  

		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)
			
		 		  	Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:                          
                              

							
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	                                    
                                         
                           
		 	                        (Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 11 

 CONVERSION NOTICE 

To convert this Note in accordance with the Early Conversion provisions of the Indenture, check the box:  ☐ 

To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be converted (in minimum denomination equal to $2,000 or any integral $1,000 multiple in
excess thereof): 

$                       
          
 If you want the stock certificate representing the Common Stock issuable upon conversion made
out in another person’s name, fill in the form below: 
  

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              

(Insert other person’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              

(Print or type other person’s name, address and zip code) 
  

			
	Date:
                                        
	  	Signature(s):                                    
                                         
         
		
		  	                                      
                                         
                            
		  	(Sign exactly as your name(s) appear(s) on the
		  	other side of this Note)
		
	Signature(s) guaranteed by:	  	                                      
                                         
                                         
                    
		  	(All signatures must be guaranteed by a guarantor
		  	institution participating in the Securities Transfer Agents
		  	Medallion Program or in such other guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee.)

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 12 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTE] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

																	
	 Date
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note	 	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	 	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase	 	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian	 
		  				  				  				  			
		  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 13 

 EXHIBIT A TO RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] */ 

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SUPPLIED SOLELY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER
SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR THIS NOTE BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE
COMPANY AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: LEGACY RESERVES LP, 303 W. WALL STREET, SUITE 1800, MIDLAND, TEXAS 79701, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR GENERAL COUNSEL. 
  

 

	*/	 If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Rule 144A/Regulation S
Appendix and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]—SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE.” 

All references to “Additional Interest” in the Note shall be deleted unless, at the date of issuance of the Exchange Note, any default in
registration under any Registration Rights Agreement has occurred with respect to the related Notes during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 1 

 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

LEGACY RESERVES LP 

LEGACY RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION 
  

			
	 No. [        ]
	  	 $ [        ]

		
		  	 CUSIP No.
[        ]

		  	 ISIN No.
[        ]

 8% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 

Legacy Reserves LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Legacy Reserves Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally
promise to pay to , or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on September 20, 2023 [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto].1 

Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1. 

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

			
	LEGACY RESERVES LP
		
	By:	 	LEGACY RESERVES GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	LEGACY RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

	1 	 If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 2 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 

AUTHENTICATION 
 Wilmington Trust, National Association, 

    as Trustee, certifies that 

    this is one of the Notes 

    referred to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	By	 	  

		 	        Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

8% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 1. Interest. Legacy Reserves LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), and Legacy Reserves
Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8% per annum
from September 20, 2018 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing December 1, 2018, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes then in effect; they shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent
lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the
Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the United
States, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account in the United States will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying
Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying
Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 20, 2018 (“Indenture”) among
the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The
Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers limited to $130.004 million aggregate principal amount in the
case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture). In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Note and the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall control. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 4 

 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) The Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at
the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2017
	  	 	102.000	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption
price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(f) of the Indenture. 
 6. Mandatory Redemption. 

Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, neither of the Issuers is required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

(a) If there is a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes, the
Company will be required to make a Change of Control Offer to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment
Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes, the Company will send a notice to
each Holder and the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) If the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sale, within ten Business Days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders
and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, offering to purchase
or redeem, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to
the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for purchase in such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allocated to the purchase of Notes, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a
pro rata basis (except as provided in Section 4.10 of the Indenture). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

(c) Holders of Definitive Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form
entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption
will be given at least 45 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. If given in the
manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice
shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after
the redemption date interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 5 

 9. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium, interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in
addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes or a Guarantee pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture, (4) to make any change
that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, (5) to secure the Notes or the Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12
of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of
any Guarantor from its Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (9) to evidence or
provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee , (10) to make provision with respect to adjustments to the Conversion Rate as required by the Indenture or to increase the Conversion Rate in accordance with the
Indenture, (11) to make any changes necessary to provide for conversion of the Notes following a Merger Event pursuant to Section 11.11 of the Indenture; or (12) to irrevocably elect or eliminate any Settlement Method or Specified
Dollar Amount in accordance with the Indenture. 
 13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days
in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required
repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Parent or the Company to comply with Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Parent or the Company for 180 days after notice to comply with
Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Parent or the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the
expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $15.0 million or more; provided,
however, that if, prior to any acceleration of the Notes, (x) any such Payment Default is cured or waived, (y) any such acceleration is rescinded, or (z) such Indebtedness is repaid during the
60-day period 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 6 

 
commencing upon the end of any applicable grace period for such Payment Default or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default (but not any acceleration of the
Notes) caused by such Payment Default or acceleration shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60
days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any
Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee; (ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Parent, Company, Finance Corp., any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent as specified in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture and
(xi) failure by the Issuers to satisfy their conversion or payment obligations in accordance with Article 11 of the Indenture, which failure is not cured within five Business Days. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee,
by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the
case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.
Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest or a
payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the amount of cash and, if applicable, Common Shares due upon conversion) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or settlements due upon the conversion of the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually an Officers’ Certificate regarding compliance with
the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon certain Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14. Discharge. The Notes are subject to discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. 

15. Conversion. The Notes shall be convertible into shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof in accordance with Article 11
of the Indenture. To convert a Note at its option, a Holder must satisfy the requirements of Section 11.02(a) of the Indenture. A Holder may convert a portion of a Note in an Early Conversion if the portion is $2,000 principal amount or an
integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount. The Notes are convertible at the Issuers’ option into shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof in accordance with Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture. Upon conversion of a Note, the
Holder thereof shall be entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof payable upon conversion in accordance with Article 11 of the Indenture, at the Conversion Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to
time as provided in the Indenture. 
 16. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager
or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee
or an authenticating agent. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 7 

 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

19. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers
have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

20. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 21. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant
to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Legacy Reserves LP 

303 W. Wall Street 
 Suite 1800

 Midland, Texas 79701 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or Tax I.D. no.) 

and irrevocably appoint
                                         
   agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:	 	  
	  	    Your Signature:	  	  

		 		  		  	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

  

			
	☐  Section 4.10	  	 ☐  Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) you elected to have purchased: $ 
  

							
	Date:	 	                                      
                                  	  	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)
			
		 		  	Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification
No.:                                        
                                

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:
                                         
                                         
  
		 	
                   
                             (Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 10 

 CONVERSION NOTICE 

To convert this Note in accordance with the Early Conversion provisions of the Indenture, check the box: ☐ 

To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be converted (in minimum denomination equal to $2,000 or any integral $1,000 multiple in
excess thereof): 

$                       
      
 If you want the stock certificate representing the Common Stock issuable upon conversion made out in another
person’s name, fill in the form below: 
  

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   
 (Insert other person’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   

                          
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
   
 (Print or type other person’s name, address and zip code) 

 

					
	Date:                                     
           	  	Signature(s):                                  
                                         
   
		
		  	                                    
                                         
           
		  	(Sign exactly as your name(s) appear(s) on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	Signature(s) guaranteed	  	
                      
                                         
                                         
                

	by:	  	(All signatures must be guaranteed by a guarantor institution participating in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or in such other guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee.)

  
 Ex. A to App. - 11 

 SCHEDULE 1 

AGREEMENT WITH AFFILIATES 
 Each of the
following is an agreement referred to in paragraph (4) of Section 4.11(b): 
  

	1)	 Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Legacy Reserves LP dated April 10, 2017.

  

	2)	 Registration Rights Agreement dated March 15, 2006, by and among Legacy Reserves LP, Legacy Reserves GP,
LLC and the other parties thereto (Founders Registration Rights Agreement). 

  

	3)	 Employment agreements between Legacy Reserves Inc. or its subsidiaries and the executive officers.

  

	4)	 Legacy Reserves Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the various agreements entered into pursuant to the plan.

  
 S-1 

 ANNEX A 

LEGACY RESERVES LP 
 LEGACY
RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION 
 and 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
  

 
 8% CONVERTIBLE
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 
  
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

AND AMENDMENT — GUARANTEE 

DATED AS OF
                                         
           , 
  

 
 WILMINGTON
TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
  

 

  
 A-1 

 This
                        - SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
                            ,
                    , is among Legacy Reserves LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Legacy Reserves Finance
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), each of the parties identified under the caption “Guarantors” on the signature page hereto (the
“Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee and Conversion Agent. 

RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, the Issuers,
the initial Guarantors and the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2018 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Issuers have issued $130,004,000 in the aggregate principal amount of 8% Convertible
Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.01(g) of the Indenture provides that the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture in order to comply with Section 4.13 or 10.03 thereof, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and 

WHEREAS, all acts and things prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws (or comparable
constituent documents) of the Issuers, of the Guarantors and of the Trustee necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument legally binding on the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms, have been duly
done and performed; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture and in consideration of the above premises, the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows: 

ARTICLE 1 

Section 1.01. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form a part of, and shall be
construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes. 
 Section 1.02 This Supplemental Indenture shall
become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery by each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 2 

From this date, in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantors whose signatures
appear below are subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder. 
 ARTICLE 3

 Section 3.01 Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed
(mutatis mutandis) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture. 

  
 A-2 

 Section 3.02 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities
or liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the
Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto. 

Section 3.03 THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

Section 3.04 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement. 
 [NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE] 

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	LEGACY RESERVES LP
		
	BY:	 	LEGACY RESERVES GP, LLC,
		 	its general partner
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	LEGACY RESERVES FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	GUARANTORS
	[	 	]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

 ANNEX B 

OID LEGEND 
 THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. UPON REQUEST, THE ISSUERS WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO A HOLDER OF THIS NOTE INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF OID, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE
YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE. HOLDERS SHOULD CONTACT THE [CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR GENERAL COUNSEL] AT [STREET], [CITY], [STATE] [ZIP]. THE EXISTENCE OR RECOGNITION OF OID FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES SHALL NOT COMPROMISE OR
IMPAIR THE AMOUNT OF THE FULL PRINCIPAL OBLIGATION OF THE ISSUERS OR THE GUARANTORS HEREUNDER. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, IN ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY ISSUER, ANY OID [IN THIS FACE VALUE DEBT EXCHANGE]2 SHALL, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, (A) NOT BE DEEMED TO BE UNMATURED INTEREST AND (B) THUS BE DEEMED AN ALLOWED CLAIM. 

 

	2 	 Insert if applicable. 

 ANNEX C 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (B) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

Execution Version 

ELEVENTH AMENDMENT 

TO 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

AMONG 

LEGACY RESERVES LP, 

as Borrower, 
 THE
GUARANTORS, 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, 
 as Administrative Agent, 

and 
 THE
LENDERS SIGNATORY HERETO 
 DATED AS OF
SEPTEMBER 20, 2018 
 Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 

Syndication Agent 
 Compass
Bank 
 Co-Documentation Agents 

UBS Securities LLC 
 and 

U.S. Bank National Association 

 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 This ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Eleventh Amendment”) dated as of September 20, 2018, among LEGACY RESERVES LP, a limited partnership
duly formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Borrower”); each of the undersigned guarantors (the “Guarantors”, and together with the Borrower, the “Obligors”); WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Administrative Agent”); and the Lenders
signatory hereto. 
 Recitals 

A. The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
April 1, 2014 (as amended by the First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 17, 2014, that certain Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2014, that
certain Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 29, 2014, that certain Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015, that certain Fifth Amendment
to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 5, 2015, that certain Sixth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 13, 2015, that certain Seventh Amendment to Third Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 19, 2016, that certain Eighth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 25, 2016, that certain Ninth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of March 23, 2018 and that certain Tenth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 14, 2018 (as so amended prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”, and the
Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Eleventh Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain credit available to and on behalf of the Borrower. 

B. The Guarantors are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement dated as of April 1, 2014 made by each of the
Guarantors (as defined therein) in favor of the Administrative Agent (the “Guaranty”). 
 C. The Borrower, the Guarantors,
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement as more fully set forth herein. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 Section 1. Defined Terms. Each capitalized term which
is defined in the Credit Agreement, but which is not defined in this Eleventh Amendment, shall have the meaning ascribed such term in the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, all article, section and exhibit references in this Eleventh
Amendment refer to articles, sections and exhibits of the Credit Agreement. 

  
 Page 1 

 Section 2. Amendments to Credit Agreement. 

2.1 Amendments to Section 1.02. 

(a) The following definitions are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows: 

“Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, the
Second Amendment, the Third Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, the Fifth Amendment, the Sixth Amendment, the Seventh Amendment, the Eighth Amendment, the Ninth Amendment, the Tenth Amendment and the Eleventh Amendment, as the same may from time to
time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated. 
 “Secured Cash Management Agreement” means a Cash
Management Agreement between (a) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor and (b) a Secured Cash Management Provider. 

“Secured Cash Management Obligations” means any and all amounts and other obligations owing by the Borrower,
any Subsidiary or any Guarantor to any Secured Cash Management Provider under any Secured Cash Management Agreement. 

“Secured Swap Agreement” means any Swap Agreement between the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor and
any Person that is entered into prior to the time, or during the time, that such Person was, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (including any such Swap Agreement in existence prior to the date hereof), even if such Person subsequently ceases to
be a Lender (or an Affiliate of a Lender) for any reason (any such Person, a “Secured Swap Party”); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Secured Swap Agreement” shall not include any Swap Agreement or
transactions under any Swap Agreement entered into after the time that such Secured Swap Party ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender. 

(b) The following definitions are hereby added where alphabetically appropriate to read as follows: 

“Eleventh Amendment” means that certain Eleventh Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of September 14, 2018, among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto. 
 2.2
Amendment to Section 9.04(b)(i). Section 9.04(b)(i) is hereby amended by (a) replacing the word “or” at the end of clause (B) with a comma and (b) adding the following at the end of clause (C):
“or (D) with any combination of the following: (1) proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Debt, (2) the Net Cash Proceeds of any sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Parent and/or (3) in
exchange for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Parent”. 

  
 Page 2 

 Section 3. Conditions Precedent. This Eleventh Amendment shall not become effective until the
date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 12.02 of the Credit Agreement) (the “Eleventh Amendment Effective Date”): 

3.1 The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Majority Lenders, the Borrower and the Guarantors, counterparts (in such number as
may be requested by the Administrative Agent) of this Eleventh Amendment signed on behalf of such Person. 
 3.2 The Administrative Agent
shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of the Sixth Amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, which shall be in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and shall in any event amend the Second Lien Credit Agreement in the same manner as the Credit Agreement is to be amended by this Eleventh Amendment (the “Second Lien Amendment”).
The “Sixth Amendment Effective Date” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement shall have occurred (or shall occur substantially concurrently with the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date). 

3.3 The Tenth Amendment Effective Date shall have occurred. 

The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized and directed to declare this Eleventh Amendment to be effective and to declare the occurrence of
the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date when it has received documents confirming or certifying, to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, compliance with the conditions set forth in this Section 4 or the waiver of such conditions as
permitted in Section 12.02 of the Credit Agreement. Such declaration shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties to the Credit Agreement for all purposes. 

Section 4. Miscellaneous. 
 4.1
Confirmation. The provisions of the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Eleventh Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect following the effectiveness of this Eleventh Amendment. 

4.2 Ratification and Affirmation; Representations and Warranties. Each Obligor hereby (a) acknowledges the terms of this
Eleventh Amendment; (b) ratifies and affirms its obligations under, and acknowledges its continued liability under, each Loan Document to which it is a party and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party remains in full force and
effect as expressly amended hereby; (c) represents and warrants to the Lenders that as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the terms of this Eleventh Amendment: (i) all of the representations and warranties contained in each Loan
Document to which it is a party are true and correct, except to the extent any such representations and warranties are expressly limited to an earlier date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall continue to be true and correct as
of such specified earlier date, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (iii) no event or events have occurred which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and (d) agrees that from and after the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date each reference to the Credit Agreement in the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Eleventh
Amendment. 

  
 Page 3 

 4.3 Counterparts. This Eleventh Amendment may be executed by one or more of the
parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of this Eleventh Amendment by telecopy, facsimile, email or other electronic means
shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. 
 4.4 No Oral Agreement. This Eleventh Amendment, the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith and therewith represent the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or unwritten oral agreements of the
parties. There are no subsequent oral agreements between the parties. 
 4.5 GOVERNING LAW. THIS ELEVENTH AMENDMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. 
 4.6 Payment of Expenses. In accordance with
Section 12.03 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and reasonable
expenses incurred in connection with this Eleventh Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the
Administrative Agent. 
 4.7 Severability. Any provision of this Eleventh Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not
invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
 4.8 Successors and Assigns. This Eleventh
Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. 
 4.9 Loan
Document. This Eleventh Amendment is a “Loan Document” as defined and described in the Credit Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to Loan Documents shall apply hereto. 

4.10 RELEASE. FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, THE RECEIPT AND SUFFICIENCY OF WHICH ARE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED, THE BORROWER
AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR HEREBY, FOR ITSELF AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, FULLY AND WITHOUT RESERVE, RELEASES AND FOREVER DISCHARGES EACH LENDER, EACH AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK, AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS,
OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES, TRUSTEES, ATTORNEYS, AGENTS, ADVISORS (INCLUDING ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND EXPERTS) AND AFFILIATES (COLLECTIVELY THE “RELEASED PARTIES” AND INDIVIDUALLY A “RELEASED
PARTY”) FROM ANY AND ALL ACTIONS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, EXECUTIONS, SUITS, 

  
 Page 4 

 
DEBTS, LIABILITIES, COSTS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY KIND AND NATURE WHATSOEVER, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, DIRECT AND/OR INDIRECT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ASSERTED (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OFFSETS, REDUCTIONS, REBATEMENT, CLAIMS OF USURY OR CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY RELEASED PARTY), FOR OR BECAUSE OF ANY MATTERS OR THINGS OCCURRING, EXISTING OR ACTIONS DONE,
OMITTED TO BE DONE, OR SUFFERED TO BE DONE BY ANY OF THE RELEASED PARTIES, IN EACH CASE, ON OR PRIOR TO THE DATE HEREOF AND ARE IN ANY WAY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED TO ANY OF THIS ELEVENTH AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT
AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (COLLECTIVELY, THE “RELEASED MATTERS”). THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR, BY EXECUTION HEREOF, HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE
AGREEMENTS IN THIS SECTION 5.10 ARE INTENDED TO COVER AND BE IN FULL SATISFACTION FOR ALL OR ANY ALLEGED INJURIES OR DAMAGES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE RELEASED MATTERS. 

[SIGNATURES BEGIN NEXT PAGE] 

  
 Page 5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Eleventh Amendment to be duly
executed as of the date first written above. 
  

							
	BORROWER:	 		 	LEGACY RESERVES LP
				
		 		 	By:	 	Legacy Reserves GP, LLC,
		 		 		 	its general partner
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

		 		 		 	James Daniel Westcott
		 		 		 	President and Chief Financial Officer
			
	GUARANTORS:	 		 	LEGACY RESERVES OPERATING LP
				
		 		 	By:	 	Legacy Reserves Operating GP LLC, its general partner
		 		 	By:	 	Legacy Reserves LP, its sole member
		 		 	By:	 	Legacy Reserves GP, LLC, its general partner
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

		 		 		 	James Daniel Westcott
		 		 		 	President and Chief Financial Officer
			
		 		 	LEGACY RESERVES OPERATING GP LLC
				
		 		 	By:	 	Legacy Reserves LP, its sole member
		 		 	By:	 	Legacy Reserves GP, LLC, its general partner
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

		 		 		 	James Daniel Westcott
		 		 		 	President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	LEGACY RESERVES SERVICES, INC.
	
	DEW GATHERING LLC
	
	PINNACLE GAS TREATING LLC
	
	LEGACY RESERVES ENERGY SERVICES LLC
	
	LEGACY RESERVES GP, LLC
	
	LEGACY RESERVES INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Daniel Westcott

		 	James Daniel Westcott
		 	President and Chief Financial Officer

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

							
	ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:	 		 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and a Lender
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Brett Steele

		 		 	Name: Brett Steele
		 		 	Title: Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

							
	LENDERS:	 		 	COMPASS BANK
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Rachel Festervand

		 		 	Name: Rachel Festervand
		 		 	Title: Sr. Vice President

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay T. Sartain

	Name: Jay T. Sartain
	Title: Authorized Signatory

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, Houston Branch
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thane Rattew

	Name: Thane Rattew
	Title: Managing Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Quinn Kelly

	Name: Quinn Kelly
	Title: Vice President

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephanie Balette

	Name: Stephanie Balette
	Title: Authorized Officer

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	BMO HARRIS FINANCING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Melissa Guzmann

	Name: Melissa Guzmann
	Title: Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	BARCLAYS BANK PLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Sydney G. Dennis

	Name: Sydney G. Dennis
	Title: Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael Willis

	Name: Michael Willis
	Title: Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joseph Cariello

	Name: Joseph Cariello
	Title: Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	 CITIBANK, N.A.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Cliff Vaz

	Name: Cliff Vaz
	Title: Vice President

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	SOCIETE GENERALE
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Max Sonnonstine

	Name: Max Sonnonstine
	Title: Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	WEST TEXAS NATIONAL BANK
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark D. McKinney

	Name: Mark D. McKinney
	Title: Executive Vice President

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 
			
	 FIFTH THIRD BANK

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Justin Bellamy

	Name: Justin Bellamy
	Title: Director

  
 SIGNATURE
PAGE 
 ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00287-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00287-of-00352.parquet"}]]